]> git.ipfire.org Git - thirdparty/systemd.git/blob - NEWS
Merge pull request #6975 from sourcejedi/logind_pid_0_v2
[thirdparty/systemd.git] / NEWS
1 systemd System and Service Manager
2
3 CHANGES WITH 235:
4
5 * A new modprobe.d drop-in is now shipped by default that sets the
6 bonding module option max_bonds=0. This overrides the kernel default,
7 to avoid conflicts and ambiguity as to whether or not bond0 should be
8 managed by systemd-networkd or not. This resolves multiple issues
9 with bond0 properties not being applied, when bond0 is configured
10 with systemd-networkd. Distributors may choose to not package this,
11 however in that case users will be prevented from correctly managing
12 bond0 interface using systemd-networkd.
13
14 * systemd-analyze gained new verbs "get-log-level" and "get-log-target"
15 which print the logging level and target of the system manager,
16 respectively. They complement the existing "set-log-level" and
17 "set-log-target" verbs, which can be used to change those values.
18
19 * systemd-networkd .network DHCP setting UseMTU default has changed
20 from false to true. Meaning, DHCP server advertised MTU setting is
21 now applied by default. This resolves networking issues on low-mtu
22 networks.
23
24 * journald.conf gained a new boolean setting ReadKMsg= which defaults
25 to on. If turned off kernel log messages will not be read by
26 systemd-journald and not be included in the logs. It also gained a
27 new setting LineMax= for configuring the maximum line length to allow
28 when converting STDOUT/STDERR log streams into individual log
29 records. The new default for this value is 48K, up from the previous
30 hardcoded 4K.
31
32 * A new setting RuntimeDirectoryPreserve= for units has been added,
33 which allows more detailed control of what to do with a runtime
34 directory configured with RuntimeDirectory= (i.e. a directory below
35 /run or $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR) after a unit is stopped.
36
37 * The RuntimeDirectory= setting for units gained support for creating
38 deeper subdirectories below /run or $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR, instead of just
39 one top-level directory.
40
41 * Units gained new options StateDirectory=, CacheDirectory=,
42 LogsDirectory= and ConfigurationDirectory= which are closely related
43 to RuntimeDirectory= but manage per-service directories below
44 /var/lib, /var/cache, /var/log and /etc. By making use of this it is
45 possible to write unit files which when activated automatically gain
46 properly owned service specific directories in these locations, thus
47 making unit files self-contained and increasing compatibility with
48 stateless systems and factory reset where /etc or /var are
49 unpopulated at boot. Matching these new settings there's also
50 StateDirectoryMode=, CacheDirectoryMode=, LogsDirectoryMode=,
51 ConfigurationDirectoryMode= for configuring the access mode of these
52 directories.
53
54 * Automake support has been removed from this release. systemd is now
55 Meson-only.
56
57 * systemd-journald will now aggressively cache client metadata during
58 runtime, speeding up log write performance under pressure. This comes
59 at a small price though: as much of the metadata is read
60 asynchronously from /proc/ (and isn't implicitly attached to log
61 datagrams by the kernel, like UID/GID/PID/SELinux are) this means the
62 metadata stored alongside a log entry might be slightly
63 out-of-date. Previously it could only be slightly newer than the log
64 message. The time window is small however, and given that the kernel
65 is unlikely to be improved anytime soon in this regard, this appears
66 acceptable to us.
67
68 * nss-myhostname/systemd-resolved will now by default synthesize an
69 A/AAAA resource record for the "_gateway" hostname, pointing to the
70 current default IP gateway. Previously it did that for the "gateway"
71 name, hampering adoption, as some distributions wanted to leave that
72 host name open for local use. The old behaviour may still be
73 requested at build time.
74
75 * systemd-networkd's [Address] section in .network files gained a new
76 Scope= setting for configuring the IP address scope. The [Network]
77 section gained a new boolean setting ConfigureWithoutCarrier= that
78 tells systemd-networkd to ignore link sensing when configuring the
79 device. The [DHCP] section gained a new Anonymize= boolean option for
80 turning on a number of options suggested in RFC 7844. A new
81 [RoutingPolicyRule] section has been added for configuring the IP
82 routing policy. The [Route] section has gained support for a new
83 Type= setting which permits configuring
84 blackhole/unreachable/prohibit routes.
85
86 * The [VRF] section in .netdev files gained a new Table= setting for
87 configuring the routing table to use. The [Tunnel] section gained a
88 new Independent= boolean field for configuring tunnels independent of
89 an underlying network interface. The [Bridge] section gained a new
90 GroupForwardMask= option for configuration of propagation of link
91 local frames between bridge ports.
92
93 * The WakeOnLan= setting in .link files gained support for a number of
94 new modes. A new TCP6SegmentationOffload= setting has been added for
95 configuring TCP/IPv6 hardware segmentation offload.
96
97 * The IPv6 RA sender implementation may now optionally send out RDNSS
98 and RDNSSL records for supplying DNS configuration to peers.
99
100 * systemd-nspawn gained support for a new --system-call-filter= command
101 line option for adding/removing entries in the default system call
102 filter it applies. Moreover systemd-nspawn has been changed to
103 implement a system call whitelist instead of a blacklist.
104
105 * systemd-run gained support for a new --pipe command line option. If
106 used the STDIN/STDOUT/STDERR file descriptors passed to systemd-run
107 are directly passed on to the activated transient service
108 binary. This allows invoking arbitrary processes as systemd services
109 (for example to take benefit of dependency management, accounting
110 management, resource management or log management that is done
111 automatically for services) — while still allowing them to be
112 integrated in a classic UNIX shell pipeline.
113
114 * When a service sends RELOAD=1 via sd_notify() and reload propagation
115 using ReloadPropagationTo= is configured, a reload is now propagated
116 to configured units. (Previously this was only done on explicitly
117 requested reloads, using "systemctl reload" or an equivalent
118 command.)
119
120 * For each service unit a restart counter is now kept: it is increased
121 each time the service is restarted due to Restart=, and may be
122 queried using "systemctl show -p NRestarts …".
123
124 * New system call filter groups @setuid, @memlock, @signal and
125 @timer have been added, for usage with SystemCallFilter=
126 in unit files and the new --system-call-filter= command line option
127 of systemd-nspawn (see above).
128
129 * ExecStart= lines in unit files gained two new modifiers: when a
130 command line is prefixed with "!" the command will be executed as
131 configured, except for the credentials applied by
132 setuid()/setgid()/setgroups(). It is very similar to the pre-existing
133 "+", but does still apply namespacing options unlike "+". There's
134 also "!!" now, which is mostly identical, but becomes a NOP on
135 systems that support ambient capabilities. This is useful to write
136 unit files that work with ambient capabilities where possible but
137 automatically fall back to traditional privilege dropping mechanisms
138 on systems where this is not supported.
139
140 * ListenNetlink= settings in socket units now support RDMA netlink
141 sockets.
142
143 * A new unit file setting LockPersonality= has been added which permits
144 locking down the chosen execution domain ("personality") of a service
145 during runtime.
146
147 * A new special target "getty-pre.target" has been added, which is
148 ordered before all text logins, and may be used to order services
149 before, that shall run before these textual logins acquire access to
150 the console.
151
152 * systemd will now attempt to load the virtio-rng.ko kernel module very
153 early on if a VM environment supporting this is detected. This should
154 improve entropy during early boot in virtualized environments.
155
156 * A _netdev option is now supported in /etc/crypttab that operates in a
157 similar way as the same option in /etc/fstab: it permits configuring
158 encrypted devices that need to be ordered after the network coming
159 up. Following this logic, two new special targets
160 remote-cryptsetup-pre.target and remote-cryptsetup.target have been
161 added that are to cryptsetup.target what
162 remote-fs.target/remote-fs-pre.target are to local-fs.target.
163
164 * Service units gained a new UnsetEnvironment= setting which permits
165 unsetting specific environment variables for specific services that
166 are normally passed to it (for example in order to mask out locale
167 settings for specific services that can't deal with it).
168
169 * Units acquired a new boolean option IPAccounting=. When turned on, IP
170 traffic accounting (packet count as well as byte count) is done for
171 the service, and shown as part of "systemctl status" or "systemd-run
172 --wait".
173
174 * Service units acquired two new options IPAddressAllow= and
175 IPAddressDeny=, taking a list of IPv4 or IPv6 addresses and masks,
176 for configuring a simple IP access control list for all sockets of
177 the unit. These options are available also on .slice and .socket
178 units, permitting flexible access list configuration for individual
179 services as well as groups of services (as defined by a slice unit),
180 including system-wide. Note that IP ACLs configured this way are
181 enforced on every single IPv4 and IPv6 socket created by any process
182 of the service unit, and apply to ingress as well as egress traffic.
183
184 * If CPUAccounting= or IPAccounting= is turned on for a unit a new,
185 recognizable log message is generated each time the unit is stopped,
186 containing information about the consumed resources of this
187 invocation.
188
189 * A new setting KeyringMode= has been added to unit files, which may be
190 used to control how the kernel keyring is set up for executed
191 processes.
192
193 * .timer units now accept calendar specifications in other timezones
194 than UTC or the local timezone.
195
196 Contributions from: Abdó Roig-Maranges, Alan Jenkins, Alexander
197 Kuleshov, Andreas Rammhold, Andrew Jeddeloh, Andrew Soutar, Ansgar
198 Burchardt, b1tninja, bengal, Benjamin Berg, Benjamin Robin, Charles
199 Huber, Christian Hesse, Daniel Berrange, Daniel Mack, Daniel Rusek,
200 dasj19, Davide Cavalca, Dimitri John Ledkov, Diogo Pereira, Djalal
201 Harouni, dkg, dmig, Dmitry Torokhov, ettavolt, Evgeny Vereshchagin,
202 Fabio Kung, Felipe Sateler, Franck Bui, g0tar, Hans de Goede, Harald
203 Hoyer, Insun Pyo, Ivan Kurnosov, Ivan Shapovalov, Jakub Wilk, Jan
204 Synacek, Jason Gunthorpe, Jeremy Bicha, Jérémy Rosen, John Lin,
205 jonasBoss, Jonathan Lebon, Jonathan Teh, Jon Ringle, Jörg Thalheim,
206 Jouke Witteveen, juga0, Justin Michaud, Kai-Heng Feng, Lennart
207 Poettering, Lion Yang, Luca Bruno, Lucas Werkmeister, Lukáš Nykrýn,
208 Marcel Hollerbach, Marcus Lundblad, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael
209 Grzeschik, Michal Sekletar, Mike Gilbert, Neil Brown, Nicolas Iooss,
210 Patrik Flykt, pEJipE, Russell Stuart, S. Fan, Shengyao Xue, Stefan
211 Pietsch, Susant Sahani, Tejun Heo, Thomas Miller, Thomas Sailer, Tobias
212 Hunger, Tom Gundersen, Tommi Rantala, Topi Miettinen, Torstein Husebø,
213 userwithuid, Vito Caputo, vliaskov, WaLyong Cho, William Douglas, Xiang
214 Fan, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
215
216 — Berlin, 2017-09-XX
217
218 CHANGES WITH 234:
219
220 * Meson is now supported as build system in addition to Automake. It is
221 our plan to remove Automake in one of our next releases, so that
222 Meson becomes our exclusive build system. Hence, please start using
223 the Meson build system in your downstream packaging. There's plenty
224 of documentation around how to use Meson, the extremely brief
225 summary:
226
227 ./autogen.sh && ./configure && make && sudo make install
228
229 becomes:
230
231 meson build && ninja -C build && sudo ninja -C build install
232
233 * Unit files gained support for a new JobRunningTimeoutUSec= setting,
234 which permits configuring a timeout on the time a job is
235 running. This is particularly useful for setting timeouts on jobs for
236 .device units.
237
238 * Unit files gained two new options ConditionUser= and ConditionGroup=
239 for conditionalizing units based on the identity of the user/group
240 running a systemd user instance.
241
242 * systemd-networkd now understands a new FlowLabel= setting in the
243 [VXLAN] section of .network files, as well as a Priority= in
244 [Bridge], GVRP= + MVRP= + LooseBinding= + ReorderHeader= in [VLAN]
245 and GatewayOnlink= + IPv6Preference= + Protocol= in [Route]. It also
246 gained support for configuration of GENEVE links, and IPv6 address
247 labels. The [Network] section gained the new IPv6ProxyNDP= setting.
248
249 * .link files now understand a new Port= setting.
250
251 * systemd-networkd's DHCP support gained support for DHCP option 119
252 (domain search list).
253
254 * systemd-networkd gained support for serving IPv6 address ranges using
255 the Router Advertisment protocol. The new .network configuration
256 section [IPv6Prefix] may be used to configure the ranges to
257 serve. This is implemented based on a new, minimal, native server
258 implementation of RA.
259
260 * journalctl's --output= switch gained support for a new parameter
261 "short-iso-precise" for a mode where timestamps are shown as precise
262 ISO date values.
263
264 * systemd-udevd's "net_id" builtin may now generate stable network
265 interface names from IBM PowerVM VIO devices as well as ACPI platform
266 devices.
267
268 * MulticastDNS support in systemd-resolved may now be explicitly
269 enabled/disabled using the new MulticastDNS= configuration file
270 option.
271
272 * systemd-resolved may now optionally use libidn2 instead of the libidn
273 for processing internationalized domain names. Support for libidn2
274 should be considered experimental and should not be enabled by
275 default yet.
276
277 * "machinectl pull-tar" and related call may now do verification of
278 downloaded images using SUSE-style .sha256 checksum files in addition
279 to the already existing support for validating using Ubuntu-style
280 SHA256SUMS files.
281
282 * sd-bus gained support for a new sd_bus_message_appendv() call which
283 is va_list equivalent of sd_bus_message_append().
284
285 * sd-boot gained support for validating images using SHIM/MOK.
286
287 * The SMACK code learnt support for "onlycap".
288
289 * systemd-mount --umount is now much smarter in figuring out how to
290 properly unmount a device given its mount or device path.
291
292 * The code to call libnss_dns as a fallback from libnss_resolve when
293 the communication with systemd-resolved fails was removed. This
294 fallback was redundant and interfered with the [!UNAVAIL=return]
295 suffix. See nss-resolve(8) for the recommended configuration.
296
297 * systemd-logind may now be restarted without losing state. It stores
298 the file descriptors for devices it manages in the system manager
299 using the FDSTORE= mechanism. Please note that further changes in
300 other components may be required to make use of this (for example
301 Xorg has code to listen for stops of systemd-logind and terminate
302 itself when logind is stopped or restarted, in order to avoid using
303 stale file descriptors for graphical devices, which is now
304 counterproductive and must be reverted in order for restarts of
305 systemd-logind to be safe. See
306 https://cgit.freedesktop.org/xorg/xserver/commit/?id=dc48bd653c7e101.)
307
308 * All kernel install plugins are called with the environment variable
309 KERNEL_INSTALL_MACHINE_ID which is set to the machine ID given by
310 /etc/machine-id. If the file is missing or empty, the variable is
311 empty and BOOT_DIR_ABS is the path of a temporary directory which is
312 removed after all the plugins exit. So, if KERNEL_INSTALL_MACHINE_ID
313 is empty, all plugins should not put anything in BOOT_DIR_ABS.
314
315 Contributions from: Adrian Heine né Lang, Aggelos Avgerinos, Alexander
316 Kurtz, Alexandros Frantzis, Alexey Brodkin, Alex Lu, Amir Pakdel, Amir
317 Yalon, Anchor Cat, Anthony Parsons, Bastien Nocera, Benjamin Gilbert,
318 Benjamin Robin, Boucman, Charles Plessy, Chris Chiu, Chris Lamb,
319 Christian Brauner, Christian Hesse, Colin Walters, Daniel Drake,
320 Danielle Church, Daniel Molkentin, Daniel Rusek, Daniel Wang, Davide
321 Cavalca, David Herrmann, David Michael, Dax Kelson, Dimitri John
322 Ledkov, Djalal Harouni, Dušan Kazik, Elias Probst, Evgeny Vereshchagin,
323 Federico Di Pierro, Felipe Sateler, Felix Zhang, Franck Bui, Gary
324 Tierney, George McCollister, Giedrius Statkevičius, Hans de Goede,
325 hecke, Hendrik Westerberg, Hristo Venev, Ian Wienand, Insun Pyo, Ivan
326 Shapovalov, James Cowgill, James Hemsing, Janne Heß, Jan Synacek, Jason
327 Reeder, João Paulo Rechi Vita, John Paul Adrian Glaubitz, Jörg
328 Thalheim, Josef Andersson, Josef Gajdusek, Julian Mehne, Kai Krakow,
329 Krzysztof Jackiewicz, Lars Karlitski, Lennart Poettering, Lluís Gili,
330 Lucas Werkmeister, Lukáš Nykrýn, Łukasz Stelmach, Mantas Mikulėnas,
331 Marcin Bachry, Marcus Cooper, Mark Stosberg, Martin Pitt, Matija Skala,
332 Matt Clarkson, Matthew Garrett, Matthias Greiner, Matthijs van Duin,
333 Max Resch, Michael Biebl, Michal Koutný, Michal Sekletar, Michal
334 Soltys, Michal Suchanek, Mike Gilbert, Nate Clark, Nathaniel R. Lewis,
335 Neil Brown, Nikolai Kondrashov, Pascal S. de Kloe, Pat Riehecky, Patrik
336 Flykt, Paul Kocialkowski, Peter Hutterer, Philip Withnall, Piotr
337 Szydełko, Rafael Fontenelle, Ray Strode, Richard Maw, Roelf Wichertjes,
338 Ronny Chevalier, Sarang S. Dalal, Sjoerd Simons, slodki, Stefan
339 Schweter, Susant Sahani, Ted Wood, Thomas Blume, Thomas Haller, Thomas
340 H. P. Andersen, Timothée Ravier, Tobias Jungel, Tobias Stoeckmann, Tom
341 Gundersen, Tom Yan, Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog,
342 userwithuid, Vito Caputo, Waldemar Brodkorb, WaLyong Cho, Yu, Li-Yu,
343 Yusuke Nojima, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Дамјан
344 Георгиевски
345
346 — Berlin, 2017-07-12
347
348 CHANGES WITH 233:
349
350 * The "hybrid" control group mode has been modified to improve
351 compatibility with "legacy" cgroups-v1 setups. Specifically, the
352 "hybrid" setup of /sys/fs/cgroup is now pretty much identical to
353 "legacy" (including /sys/fs/cgroup/systemd as "name=systemd" named
354 cgroups-v1 hierarchy), the only externally visible change being that
355 the cgroups-v2 hierarchy is also mounted, to
356 /sys/fs/cgroup/unified. This should provide a large degree of
357 compatibility with "legacy" cgroups-v1, while taking benefit of the
358 better management capabilities of cgroups-v2.
359
360 * The default control group setup mode may be selected both a boot-time
361 via a set of kernel command line parameters (specifically:
362 systemd.unified_cgroup_hierarchy= and
363 systemd.legacy_systemd_cgroup_controller=), as well as a compile-time
364 default selected on the configure command line
365 (--with-default-hierarchy=). The upstream default is "hybrid"
366 (i.e. the cgroups-v1 + cgroups-v2 mixture discussed above) now, but
367 this will change in a future systemd version to be "unified" (pure
368 cgroups-v2 mode). The third option for the compile time option is
369 "legacy", to enter pure cgroups-v1 mode. We recommend downstream
370 distributions to default to "hybrid" mode for release distributions,
371 starting with v233. We recommend "unified" for development
372 distributions (specifically: distributions such as Fedora's rawhide)
373 as that's where things are headed in the long run. Use "legacy" for
374 greatest stability and compatibility only.
375
376 * Note one current limitation of "unified" and "hybrid" control group
377 setup modes: the kernel currently does not permit the systemd --user
378 instance (i.e. unprivileged code) to migrate processes between two
379 disconnected cgroup subtrees, even if both are managed and owned by
380 the user. This effectively means "systemd-run --user --scope" doesn't
381 work when invoked from outside of any "systemd --user" service or
382 scope. Specifically, it is not supported from session scopes. We are
383 working on fixing this in a future systemd version. (See #3388 for
384 further details about this.)
385
386 * DBus policy files are now installed into /usr rather than /etc. Make
387 sure your system has dbus >= 1.9.18 running before upgrading to this
388 version, or override the install path with --with-dbuspolicydir= .
389
390 * All python scripts shipped with systemd (specifically: the various
391 tests written in Python) now require Python 3.
392
393 * systemd unit tests can now run standalone (without the source or
394 build directories), and can be installed into /usr/lib/systemd/tests/
395 with 'make install-tests'.
396
397 * Note that from this version on, CONFIG_CRYPTO_USER_API_HASH,
398 CONFIG_CRYPTO_HMAC and CONFIG_CRYPTO_SHA256 need to be enabled in the
399 kernel.
400
401 * Support for the %c, %r, %R specifiers in unit files has been
402 removed. Specifiers are not supposed to be dependent on configuration
403 in the unit file itself (so that they resolve the same regardless
404 where used in the unit files), but these specifiers were influenced
405 by the Slice= option.
406
407 * The shell invoked by debug-shell.service now defaults to /bin/sh in
408 all cases. If distributions want to use a different shell for this
409 purpose (for example Fedora's /sbin/sushell) they need to specify
410 this explicitly at configure time using --with-debug-shell=.
411
412 * The confirmation spawn prompt has been reworked to offer the
413 following choices:
414
415 (c)ontinue, proceed without asking anymore
416 (D)ump, show the state of the unit
417 (f)ail, don't execute the command and pretend it failed
418 (h)elp
419 (i)nfo, show a short summary of the unit
420 (j)obs, show jobs that are in progress
421 (s)kip, don't execute the command and pretend it succeeded
422 (y)es, execute the command
423
424 The 'n' choice for the confirmation spawn prompt has been removed,
425 because its meaning was confusing.
426
427 The prompt may now also be redirected to an alternative console by
428 specifying the console as parameter to systemd.confirm_spawn=.
429
430 * Services of Type=notify require a READY=1 notification to be sent
431 during startup. If no such message is sent, the service now fails,
432 even if the main process exited with a successful exit code.
433
434 * Services that fail to start up correctly now always have their
435 ExecStopPost= commands executed. Previously, they'd enter "failed"
436 state directly, without executing these commands.
437
438 * The option MulticastDNS= of network configuration files has acquired
439 an actual implementation. With MulticastDNS=yes a host can resolve
440 names of remote hosts and reply to mDNS A and AAAA requests.
441
442 * When units are about to be started an additional check is now done to
443 ensure that all dependencies of type BindsTo= (when used in
444 combination with After=) have been started.
445
446 * systemd-analyze gained a new verb "syscall-filter" which shows which
447 system call groups are defined for the SystemCallFilter= unit file
448 setting, and which system calls they contain.
449
450 * A new system call filter group "@filesystem" has been added,
451 consisting of various file system related system calls. Group
452 "@reboot" has been added, covering reboot, kexec and shutdown related
453 calls. Finally, group "@swap" has been added covering swap
454 configuration related calls.
455
456 * A new unit file option RestrictNamespaces= has been added that may be
457 used to restrict access to the various process namespace types the
458 Linux kernel provides. Specifically, it may be used to take away the
459 right for a service unit to create additional file system, network,
460 user, and other namespaces. This sandboxing option is particularly
461 relevant due to the high amount of recently discovered namespacing
462 related vulnerabilities in the kernel.
463
464 * systemd-udev's .link files gained support for a new AutoNegotiation=
465 setting for configuring Ethernet auto-negotiation.
466
467 * systemd-networkd's .network files gained support for a new
468 ListenPort= setting in the [DHCP] section to explicitly configure the
469 UDP client port the DHCP client shall listen on.
470
471 * .network files gained a new Unmanaged= boolean setting for explicitly
472 excluding one or more interfaces from management by systemd-networkd.
473
474 * The systemd-networkd ProxyARP= option has been renamed to
475 IPV4ProxyARP=. Similarly, VXLAN-specific option ARPProxy= has been
476 renamed to ReduceARPProxy=. The old names continue to be available
477 for compatibility.
478
479 * systemd-networkd gained support for configuring IPv6 Proxy NDP
480 addresses via the new IPv6ProxyNDPAddress= .network file setting.
481
482 * systemd-networkd's bonding device support gained support for two new
483 configuration options ActiveSlave= and PrimarySlave=.
484
485 * The various options in the [Match] section of .network files gained
486 support for negative matching.
487
488 * New systemd-specific mount options are now understood in /etc/fstab:
489
490 x-systemd.mount-timeout= may be used to configure the maximum
491 permitted runtime of the mount command.
492
493 x-systemd.device-bound may be set to bind a mount point to its
494 backing device unit, in order to automatically remove a mount point
495 if its backing device is unplugged. This option may also be
496 configured through the new SYSTEMD_MOUNT_DEVICE_BOUND udev property
497 on the block device, which is now automatically set for all CDROM
498 drives, so that mounted CDs are automatically unmounted when they are
499 removed from the drive.
500
501 x-systemd.after= and x-systemd.before= may be used to explicitly
502 order a mount after or before another unit or mount point.
503
504 * Enqueued start jobs for device units are now automatically garbage
505 collected if there are no jobs waiting for them anymore.
506
507 * systemctl list-jobs gained two new switches: with --after, for every
508 queued job the jobs it's waiting for are shown; with --before the
509 jobs which it's blocking are shown.
510
511 * systemd-nspawn gained support for ephemeral boots from disk images
512 (or in other words: --ephemeral and --image= may now be
513 combined). Moreover, ephemeral boots are now supported for normal
514 directories, even if the backing file system is not btrfs. Of course,
515 if the file system does not support file system snapshots or
516 reflinks, the initial copy operation will be relatively expensive, but
517 this should still be suitable for many use cases.
518
519 * Calendar time specifications in .timer units now support
520 specifications relative to the end of a month by using "~" instead of
521 "-" as separator between month and day. For example, "*-02~03" means
522 "the third last day in February". In addition a new syntax for
523 repeated events has been added using the "/" character. For example,
524 "9..17/2:00" means "every two hours from 9am to 5pm".
525
526 * systemd-socket-proxyd gained a new parameter --connections-max= for
527 configuring the maximum number of concurrent connections.
528
529 * sd-id128 gained a new API for generating unique IDs for the host in a
530 way that does not leak the machine ID. Specifically,
531 sd_id128_get_machine_app_specific() derives an ID based on the
532 machine ID a in well-defined, non-reversible, stable way. This is
533 useful whenever an identifier for the host is needed but where the
534 identifier shall not be useful to identify the system beyond the
535 scope of the application itself. (Internally this uses HMAC-SHA256 as
536 keyed hash function using the machine ID as input.)
537
538 * NotifyAccess= gained a new supported value "exec". When set
539 notifications are accepted from all processes systemd itself invoked,
540 including all control processes.
541
542 * .nspawn files gained support for defining overlay mounts using the
543 Overlay= and OverlayReadOnly= options. Previously this functionality
544 was only available on the systemd-nspawn command line.
545
546 * systemd-nspawn's --bind= and --overlay= options gained support for
547 bind/overlay mounts whose source lies within the container tree by
548 prefixing the source path with "+".
549
550 * systemd-nspawn's --bind= and --overlay= options gained support for
551 automatically allocating a temporary source directory in /var/tmp
552 that is removed when the container dies. Specifically, if the source
553 directory is specified as empty string this mechanism is selected. An
554 example usage is --overlay=+/var::/var, which creates an overlay
555 mount based on the original /var contained in the image, overlayed
556 with a temporary directory in the host's /var/tmp. This way changes
557 to /var are automatically flushed when the container shuts down.
558
559 * systemd-nspawn --image= option does now permit raw file system block
560 devices (in addition to images containing partition tables, as
561 before).
562
563 * The disk image dissection logic in systemd-nspawn gained support for
564 automatically setting up LUKS encrypted as well as Verity protected
565 partitions. When a container is booted from an encrypted image the
566 passphrase is queried at start-up time. When a container with Verity
567 data is started, the root hash is search in a ".roothash" file
568 accompanying the disk image (alternatively, pass the root hash via
569 the new --root-hash= command line option).
570
571 * A new tool /usr/lib/systemd/systemd-dissect has been added that may
572 be used to dissect disk images the same way as systemd-nspawn does
573 it, following the Bootable Partition Specification. It may even be
574 used to mount disk images with complex partition setups (including
575 LUKS and Verity partitions) to a local host directory, in order to
576 inspect them. This tool is not considered public API (yet), and is
577 thus not installed into /usr/bin. Please do not rely on its
578 existence, since it might go away or be changed in later systemd
579 versions.
580
581 * A new generator "systemd-verity-generator" has been added, similar in
582 style to "systemd-cryptsetup-generator", permitting automatic setup of
583 Verity root partitions when systemd boots up. In order to make use of
584 this your partition setup should follow the Discoverable Partitions
585 Specification, and the GPT partition ID of the root file system
586 partition should be identical to the upper 128bit of the Verity root
587 hash. The GPT partition ID of the Verity partition protecting it
588 should be the lower 128bit of the Verity root hash. If the partition
589 image follows this model it is sufficient to specify a single
590 "roothash=" kernel command line argument to both configure which root
591 image and verity partition to use as well as the root hash for
592 it. Note that systemd-nspawn's Verity support follows the same
593 semantics, meaning that disk images with proper Verity data in place
594 may be booted in containers with systemd-nspawn as well as on
595 physical systems via the verity generator. Also note that the "mkosi"
596 tool available at https://github.com/systemd/mkosi has been updated
597 to generate Verity protected disk images following this scheme. In
598 fact, it has been updated to generate disk images that optionally
599 implement a complete UEFI SecureBoot trust chain, involving a signed
600 kernel and initrd image that incorporates such a root hash as well as
601 a Verity-enabled root partition.
602
603 * The hardware database (hwdb) udev supports has been updated to carry
604 accelerometer quirks.
605
606 * All system services are now run with a fresh kernel keyring set up
607 for them. The invocation ID is stored by default in it, thus
608 providing a safe, non-overridable way to determine the invocation
609 ID of each service.
610
611 * Service unit files gained new BindPaths= and BindReadOnlyPaths=
612 options for bind mounting arbitrary paths in a service-specific
613 way. When these options are used, arbitrary host or service files and
614 directories may be mounted to arbitrary locations in the service's
615 view.
616
617 * Documentation has been added that lists all of systemd's low-level
618 environment variables:
619
620 https://github.com/systemd/systemd/blob/master/ENVIRONMENT.md
621
622 * sd-daemon gained a new API sd_is_socket_sockaddr() for determining
623 whether a specific socket file descriptor matches a specified socket
624 address.
625
626 * systemd-firstboot has been updated to check for the
627 systemd.firstboot= kernel command line option. It accepts a boolean
628 and when set to false the first boot questions are skipped.
629
630 * systemd-fstab-generator has been updated to check for the
631 systemd.volatile= kernel command line option, which either takes an
632 optional boolean parameter or the special value "state". If used the
633 system may be booted in a "volatile" boot mode. Specifically,
634 "systemd.volatile" is used, the root directory will be mounted as
635 tmpfs, and only /usr is mounted from the actual root file system. If
636 "systemd.volatile=state" is used, the root directory will be mounted
637 as usual, but /var is mounted as tmpfs. This concept provides similar
638 functionality as systemd-nspawn's --volatile= option, but provides it
639 on physical boots. Use this option for implementing stateless
640 systems, or testing systems with all state and/or configuration reset
641 to the defaults. (Note though that many distributions are not
642 prepared to boot up without a populated /etc or /var, though.)
643
644 * systemd-gpt-auto-generator gained support for LUKS encrypted root
645 partitions. Previously it only supported LUKS encrypted partitions
646 for all other uses, except for the root partition itself.
647
648 * Socket units gained support for listening on AF_VSOCK sockets for
649 communication in virtualized QEMU environments.
650
651 * The "configure" script gained a new option --with-fallback-hostname=
652 for specifying the fallback hostname to use if none is configured in
653 /etc/hostname. For example, by specifying
654 --with-fallback-hostname=fedora it is possible to default to a
655 hostname of "fedora" on pristine installations.
656
657 * systemd-cgls gained support for a new --unit= switch for listing only
658 the control groups of a specific unit. Similar --user-unit= has been
659 added for listing only the control groups of a specific user unit.
660
661 * systemd-mount gained a new --umount switch for unmounting a mount or
662 automount point (and all mount/automount points below it).
663
664 * systemd will now refuse full configuration reloads (via systemctl
665 daemon-reload and related calls) unless at least 16MiB of free space
666 are available in /run. This is a safety precaution in order to ensure
667 that generators can safely operate after the reload completed.
668
669 * A new unit file option RootImage= has been added, which has a similar
670 effect as RootDirectory= but mounts the service's root directory from
671 a disk image instead of plain directory. This logic reuses the same
672 image dissection and mount logic that systemd-nspawn already uses,
673 and hence supports any disk images systemd-nspawn supports, including
674 those following the Discoverable Partition Specification, as well as
675 Verity enabled images. This option enables systemd to run system
676 services directly off disk images acting as resource bundles,
677 possibly even including full integrity data.
678
679 * A new MountAPIVFS= unit file option has been added, taking a boolean
680 argument. If enabled /proc, /sys and /dev (collectively called the
681 "API VFS") will be mounted for the service. This is only relevant if
682 RootDirectory= or RootImage= is used for the service, as these mounts
683 are of course in place in the host mount namespace anyway.
684
685 * systemd-nspawn gained support for a new --pivot-root= switch. If
686 specified the root directory within the container image is pivoted to
687 the specified mount point, while the original root disk is moved to a
688 different place. This option enables booting of ostree images
689 directly with systemd-nspawn.
690
691 * The systemd build scripts will no longer complain if the NTP server
692 addresses are not changed from the defaults. Google now supports
693 these NTP servers officially. We still recommend downstreams to
694 properly register an NTP pool with the NTP pool project though.
695
696 * coredumpctl gained a new "--reverse" option for printing the list
697 of coredumps in reverse order.
698
699 * coredumpctl will now show additional information about truncated and
700 inaccessible coredumps, as well as coredumps that are still being
701 processed. It also gained a new --quiet switch for suppressing
702 additional informational message in its output.
703
704 * coredumpctl gained support for only showing coredumps newer and/or
705 older than specific timestamps, using the new --since= and --until=
706 options, reminiscent of journalctl's options by the same name.
707
708 * The systemd-coredump logic has been improved so that it may be reused
709 to collect backtraces in non-compiled languages, for example in
710 scripting languages such as Python.
711
712 * machinectl will now show the UID shift of local containers, if user
713 namespacing is enabled for them.
714
715 * systemd will now optionally run "environment generator" binaries at
716 configuration load time. They may be used to add environment
717 variables to the environment block passed to services invoked. One
718 user environment generator is shipped by default that sets up
719 environment variables based on files dropped into /etc/environment.d
720 and ~/.config/environment.d/.
721
722 * systemd-resolved now includes the new, recently published 2017 DNSSEC
723 root key (KSK).
724
725 * hostnamed has been updated to report a new chassis type of
726 "convertible" to cover "foldable" laptops that can both act as a
727 tablet and as a laptop, such as various Lenovo Yoga devices.
728
729 Contributions from: Adrián López, Alexander Galanin, Alexander
730 Kochetkov, Alexandros Frantzis, Andrey Ulanov, Antoine Eiche, Baruch
731 Siach, Bastien Nocera, Benjamin Robin, Björn, Brandon Philips, Cédric
732 Schieli, Charles (Chas) Williams, Christian Hesse, Daniele Medri,
733 Daniel Drake, Daniel Rusek, Daniel Wagner, Dan Streetman, Dave Reisner,
734 David Glasser, David Herrmann, David Michael, Djalal Harouni, Dmitry
735 Khlebnikov, Dmitry Rozhkov, Dongsu Park, Douglas Christman, Earnestly,
736 Emil Soleyman, Eric Cook, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Felipe Sateler, Fionn
737 Cleary, Florian Klink, Francesco Brozzu, Franck Bui, Gabriel Rauter,
738 Gianluca Boiano, Giedrius Statkevičius, Graeme Lawes, Hans de Goede,
739 Harald Hoyer, Ian Kelling, Ivan Shapovalov, Jakub Wilk, Janne Heß, Jan
740 Synacek, Jason Reeder, Jonathan Boulle, Jörg Thalheim, Jouke Witteveen,
741 Karl Kraus, Kees Cook, Keith Busch, Kieran Colford, kilian-k, Lennart
742 Poettering, Lubomir Rintel, Lucas Werkmeister, Lukas Rusak, Maarten de
743 Vries, Maks Naumov, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Andre Lureau, Marcin Bachry,
744 Mark Stosberg, Martin Ejdestig, Martin Pitt, Mauricio Faria de
745 Oliveira, micah, Michael Biebl, Michael Shields, Michal Schmidt, Michal
746 Sekletar, Michel Kraus, Mike Gilbert, Mikko Ylinen, Mirza Krak,
747 Namhyung Kim, nikolaof, peoronoob, Peter Hutterer, Peter Körner, Philip
748 Withnall, Piotr Drąg, Ray Strode, Reverend Homer, Rike-Benjamin
749 Schuppner, Robert Kreuzer, Ronny Chevalier, Ruslan Bilovol, sammynx,
750 Sergey Ptashnick, Sergiusz Urbaniak, Stefan Berger, Stefan Hajnoczi,
751 Stefan Schweter, Stuart McLaren, Susant Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève,
752 Taylor Smock, Tejun Heo, Thomas Blume, Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tibor
753 Nagy, Tobias Stoeckmann, Tom Gundersen, Torstein Husebø, Viktar
754 Vaŭčkievič, Viktor Mihajlovski, Vitaly Sulimov, Waldemar Brodkorb,
755 Walter Garcia-Fontes, Wim de With, Yassine Imounachen, Yi EungJun,
756 YunQiang Su, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Александр
757 Тихонов
758
759 — Berlin, 2017-03-01
760
761 CHANGES WITH 232:
762
763 * udev now runs with MemoryDenyWriteExecute=, RestrictRealtime= and
764 RestrictAddressFamilies= enabled. These sandboxing options should
765 generally be compatible with the various external udev call-out
766 binaries we are aware of, however there may be exceptions, in
767 particular when exotic languages for these call-outs are used. In
768 this case, consider turning off these settings locally.
769
770 * The new RemoveIPC= option can be used to remove IPC objects owned by
771 the user or group of a service when that service exits.
772
773 * The new ProtectKernelModules= option can be used to disable explicit
774 load and unload operations of kernel modules by a service. In
775 addition access to /usr/lib/modules is removed if this option is set.
776
777 * ProtectSystem= option gained a new value "strict", which causes the
778 whole file system tree with the exception of /dev, /proc, and /sys,
779 to be remounted read-only for a service.
780
781 * The new ProtectKernelTunables= option can be used to disable
782 modification of configuration files in /sys and /proc by a service.
783 Various directories and files are remounted read-only, so access is
784 restricted even if the file permissions would allow it.
785
786 * The new ProtectControlGroups= option can be used to disable write
787 access by a service to /sys/fs/cgroup.
788
789 * Various systemd services have been hardened with
790 ProtectKernelTunables=yes, ProtectControlGroups=yes,
791 RestrictAddressFamilies=.
792
793 * Support for dynamically creating users for the lifetime of a service
794 has been added. If DynamicUser=yes is specified, user and group IDs
795 will be allocated from the range 61184..65519 for the lifetime of the
796 service. They can be resolved using the new nss-systemd.so NSS
797 module. The module must be enabled in /etc/nsswitch.conf. Services
798 started in this way have PrivateTmp= and RemoveIPC= enabled, so that
799 any resources allocated by the service will be cleaned up when the
800 service exits. They also have ProtectHome=read-only and
801 ProtectSystem=strict enabled, so they are not able to make any
802 permanent modifications to the system.
803
804 * The nss-systemd module also always resolves root and nobody, making
805 it possible to have no /etc/passwd or /etc/group files in minimal
806 container or chroot environments.
807
808 * Services may be started with their own user namespace using the new
809 boolean PrivateUsers= option. Only root, nobody, and the uid/gid
810 under which the service is running are mapped. All other users are
811 mapped to nobody.
812
813 * Support for the cgroup namespace has been added to systemd-nspawn. If
814 supported by kernel, the container system started by systemd-nspawn
815 will have its own view of the cgroup hierarchy. This new behaviour
816 can be disabled using $SYSTEMD_NSPAWN_USE_CGNS environment variable.
817
818 * The new MemorySwapMax= option can be used to limit the maximum swap
819 usage under the unified cgroup hierarchy.
820
821 * Support for the CPU controller in the unified cgroup hierarchy has
822 been added, via the CPUWeight=, CPUStartupWeight=, CPUAccounting=
823 options. This controller requires out-of-tree patches for the kernel
824 and the support is provisional.
825
826 * Mount and automount units may now be created transiently
827 (i.e. dynamically at runtime via the bus API, instead of requiring
828 unit files in the file system).
829
830 * systemd-mount is a new tool which may mount file systems – much like
831 mount(8), optionally pulling in additional dependencies through
832 transient .mount and .automount units. For example, this tool
833 automatically runs fsck on a backing block device before mounting,
834 and allows the automount logic to be used dynamically from the
835 command line for establishing mount points. This tool is particularly
836 useful when dealing with removable media, as it will ensure fsck is
837 run – if necessary – before the first access and that the file system
838 is quickly unmounted after each access by utilizing the automount
839 logic. This maximizes the chance that the file system on the
840 removable media stays in a clean state, and if it isn't in a clean
841 state is fixed automatically.
842
843 * LazyUnmount=yes option for mount units has been added to expose the
844 umount --lazy option. Similarly, ForceUnmount=yes exposes the --force
845 option.
846
847 * /efi will be used as the mount point of the EFI boot partition, if
848 the directory is present, and the mount point was not configured
849 through other means (e.g. fstab). If /efi directory does not exist,
850 /boot will be used as before. This makes it easier to automatically
851 mount the EFI partition on systems where /boot is used for something
852 else.
853
854 * When operating on GPT disk images for containers, systemd-nspawn will
855 now mount the ESP to /boot or /efi according to the same rules as PID
856 1 running on a host. This allows tools like "bootctl" to operate
857 correctly within such containers, in order to make container images
858 bootable on physical systems.
859
860 * disk/by-id and disk/by-path symlinks are now created for NVMe drives.
861
862 * Two new user session targets have been added to support running
863 graphical sessions under the systemd --user instance:
864 graphical-session.target and graphical-session-pre.target. See
865 systemd.special(7) for a description of how those targets should be
866 used.
867
868 * The vconsole initialization code has been significantly reworked to
869 use KD_FONT_OP_GET/SET ioctls instead of KD_FONT_OP_COPY and better
870 support unicode keymaps. Font and keymap configuration will now be
871 copied to all allocated virtual consoles.
872
873 * FreeBSD's bhyve virtualization is now detected.
874
875 * Information recorded in the journal for core dumps now includes the
876 contents of /proc/mountinfo and the command line of the process at
877 the top of the process hierarchy (which is usually the init process
878 of the container).
879
880 * systemd-journal-gatewayd learned the --directory= option to serve
881 files from the specified location.
882
883 * journalctl --root=… can be used to peruse the journal in the
884 /var/log/ directories inside of a container tree. This is similar to
885 the existing --machine= option, but does not require the container to
886 be active.
887
888 * The hardware database has been extended to support
889 ID_INPUT_TRACKBALL, used in addition to ID_INPUT_MOUSE to identify
890 trackball devices.
891
892 MOUSE_WHEEL_CLICK_ANGLE_HORIZONTAL hwdb property has been added to
893 specify the click rate for mice which include a horizontal wheel with
894 a click rate that is different than the one for the vertical wheel.
895
896 * systemd-run gained a new --wait option that makes service execution
897 synchronous. (Specifically, the command will not return until the
898 specified service binary exited.)
899
900 * systemctl gained a new --wait option that causes the start command to
901 wait until the units being started have terminated again.
902
903 * A new journal output mode "short-full" has been added which displays
904 timestamps with abbreviated English day names and adds a timezone
905 suffix. Those timestamps include more information than the default
906 "short" output mode, and can be passed directly to journalctl's
907 --since= and --until= options.
908
909 * /etc/resolv.conf will be bind-mounted into containers started by
910 systemd-nspawn, if possible, so any changes to resolv.conf contents
911 are automatically propagated to the container.
912
913 * The number of instances for socket-activated services originating
914 from a single IP address can be limited with
915 MaxConnectionsPerSource=, extending the existing setting of
916 MaxConnections=.
917
918 * systemd-networkd gained support for vcan ("Virtual CAN") interface
919 configuration.
920
921 * .netdev and .network configuration can now be extended through
922 drop-ins.
923
924 * UDP Segmentation Offload, TCP Segmentation Offload, Generic
925 Segmentation Offload, Generic Receive Offload, Large Receive Offload
926 can be enabled and disabled using the new UDPSegmentationOffload=,
927 TCPSegmentationOffload=, GenericSegmentationOffload=,
928 GenericReceiveOffload=, LargeReceiveOffload= options in the
929 [Link] section of .link files.
930
931 * The Spanning Tree Protocol, Priority, Aging Time, and the Default
932 Port VLAN ID can be configured for bridge devices using the new STP=,
933 Priority=, AgeingTimeSec=, and DefaultPVID= settings in the [Bridge]
934 section of .netdev files.
935
936 * The route table to which routes received over DHCP or RA should be
937 added can be configured with the new RouteTable= option in the [DHCP]
938 and [IPv6AcceptRA] sections of .network files.
939
940 * The Address Resolution Protocol can be disabled on links managed by
941 systemd-networkd using the ARP=no setting in the [Link] section of
942 .network files.
943
944 * New environment variables $SERVICE_RESULT, $EXIT_CODE and
945 $EXIT_STATUS are set for ExecStop= and ExecStopPost= commands, and
946 encode information about the result and exit codes of the current
947 service runtime cycle.
948
949 * systemd-sysctl will now configure kernel parameters in the order
950 they occur in the configuration files. This matches what sysctl
951 has been traditionally doing.
952
953 * kernel-install "plugins" that are executed to perform various
954 tasks after a new kernel is added and before an old one is removed
955 can now return a special value to terminate the procedure and
956 prevent any later plugins from running.
957
958 * Journald's SplitMode=login setting has been deprecated. It has been
959 removed from documentation, and its use is discouraged. In a future
960 release it will be completely removed, and made equivalent to current
961 default of SplitMode=uid.
962
963 * Storage=both option setting in /etc/systemd/coredump.conf has been
964 removed. With fast LZ4 compression storing the core dump twice is not
965 useful.
966
967 * The --share-system systemd-nspawn option has been replaced with an
968 (undocumented) variable $SYSTEMD_NSPAWN_SHARE_SYSTEM, but the use of
969 this functionality is discouraged. In addition the variables
970 $SYSTEMD_NSPAWN_SHARE_NS_IPC, $SYSTEMD_NSPAWN_SHARE_NS_PID,
971 $SYSTEMD_NSPAWN_SHARE_NS_UTS may be used to control the unsharing of
972 individual namespaces.
973
974 * "machinectl list" now shows the IP address of running containers in
975 the output, as well as OS release information.
976
977 * "loginctl list" now shows the TTY of each session in the output.
978
979 * sd-bus gained new API calls sd_bus_track_set_recursive(),
980 sd_bus_track_get_recursive(), sd_bus_track_count_name(),
981 sd_bus_track_count_sender(). They permit usage of sd_bus_track peer
982 tracking objects in a "recursive" mode, where a single client can be
983 counted multiple times, if it takes multiple references.
984
985 * sd-bus gained new API calls sd_bus_set_exit_on_disconnect() and
986 sd_bus_get_exit_on_disconnect(). They may be used to to make a
987 process using sd-bus automatically exit if the bus connection is
988 severed.
989
990 * Bus clients of the service manager may now "pin" loaded units into
991 memory, by taking an explicit reference on them. This is useful to
992 ensure the client can retrieve runtime data about the service even
993 after the service completed execution. Taking such a reference is
994 available only for privileged clients and should be helpful to watch
995 running services in a race-free manner, and in particular collect
996 information about exit statuses and results.
997
998 * The nss-resolve module has been changed to strictly return UNAVAIL
999 when communication via D-Bus with resolved failed, and NOTFOUND when
1000 a lookup completed but was negative. This means it is now possible to
1001 neatly configure fallbacks using nsswitch.conf result checking
1002 expressions. Taking benefit of this, the new recommended
1003 configuration line for the "hosts" entry in /etc/nsswitch.conf is:
1004
1005 hosts: files mymachines resolve [!UNAVAIL=return] dns myhostname
1006
1007 * A new setting CtrlAltDelBurstAction= has been added to
1008 /etc/systemd/system.conf which may be used to configure the precise
1009 behaviour if the user on the console presses Ctrl-Alt-Del more often
1010 than 7 times in 2s. Previously this would unconditionally result in
1011 an expedited, immediate reboot. With this new setting the precise
1012 operation may be configured in more detail, and also turned off
1013 entirely.
1014
1015 * In .netdev files two new settings RemoteChecksumTx= and
1016 RemoteChecksumRx= are now understood that permit configuring the
1017 remote checksumming logic for VXLAN networks.
1018
1019 * The service manager learnt a new "invocation ID" concept for invoked
1020 services. Each runtime cycle of a service will get a new invocation
1021 ID (a 128bit random UUID) assigned that identifies the current
1022 run of the service uniquely and globally. A new invocation ID
1023 is generated each time a service starts up. The journal will store
1024 the invocation ID of a service along with any logged messages, thus
1025 making the invocation ID useful for matching the online runtime of a
1026 service with the offline log data it generated in a safe way without
1027 relying on synchronized timestamps. In many ways this new service
1028 invocation ID concept is similar to the kernel's boot ID concept that
1029 uniquely and globally identifies the runtime of each boot. The
1030 invocation ID of a service is passed to the service itself via an
1031 environment variable ($INVOCATION_ID). A new bus call
1032 GetUnitByInvocationID() has been added that is similar to GetUnit()
1033 but instead of retrieving the bus path for a unit by its name
1034 retrieves it by its invocation ID. The returned path is valid only as
1035 long as the passed invocation ID is current.
1036
1037 * systemd-resolved gained a new "DNSStubListener" setting in
1038 resolved.conf. It either takes a boolean value or the special values
1039 "udp" and "tcp", and configures whether to enable the stub DNS
1040 listener on 127.0.0.53:53.
1041
1042 * IP addresses configured via networkd may now carry additional
1043 configuration settings supported by the kernel. New options include:
1044 HomeAddress=, DuplicateAddressDetection=, ManageTemporaryAddress=,
1045 PrefixRoute=, AutoJoin=.
1046
1047 * The PAM configuration fragment file for "user@.service" shipped with
1048 systemd (i.e. the --user instance of systemd) has been stripped to
1049 the minimum necessary to make the system boot. Previously, it
1050 contained Fedora-specific stanzas that did not apply to other
1051 distributions. It is expected that downstream distributions add
1052 additional configuration lines, matching their needs to this file,
1053 using it only as rough template of what systemd itself needs. Note
1054 that this reduced fragment does not even include an invocation of
1055 pam_limits which most distributions probably want to add, even though
1056 systemd itself does not need it. (There's also the new build time
1057 option --with-pamconfdir=no to disable installation of the PAM
1058 fragment entirely.)
1059
1060 * If PrivateDevices=yes is set for a service the CAP_SYS_RAWIO
1061 capability is now also dropped from its set (in addition to
1062 CAP_SYS_MKNOD as before).
1063
1064 * In service unit files it is now possible to connect a specific named
1065 file descriptor with stdin/stdout/stdout of an executed service. The
1066 name may be specified in matching .socket units using the
1067 FileDescriptorName= setting.
1068
1069 * A number of journal settings may now be configured on the kernel
1070 command line. Specifically, the following options are now understood:
1071 systemd.journald.max_level_console=,
1072 systemd.journald.max_level_store=,
1073 systemd.journald.max_level_syslog=, systemd.journald.max_level_kmsg=,
1074 systemd.journald.max_level_wall=.
1075
1076 * "systemctl is-enabled --full" will now show by which symlinks a unit
1077 file is enabled in the unit dependency tree.
1078
1079 * Support for VeraCrypt encrypted partitions has been added to the
1080 "cryptsetup" logic and /etc/crypttab.
1081
1082 * systemd-detect-virt gained support for a new --private-users switch
1083 that checks whether the invoking processes are running inside a user
1084 namespace. Similar, a new special value "private-users" for the
1085 existing ConditionVirtualization= setting has been added, permitting
1086 skipping of specific units in user namespace environments.
1087
1088 Contributions from: Alban Crequy, Alexander Kuleshov, Alfie John,
1089 Andreas Henriksson, Andrew Jeddeloh, Balázs Úr, Bart Rulon, Benjamin
1090 Richter, Ben Gamari, Ben Harris, Brian J. Murrell, Christian Brauner,
1091 Christian Rebischke, Clinton Roy, Colin Walters, Cristian Rodríguez,
1092 Daniel Hahler, Daniel Mack, Daniel Maixner, Daniel Rusek, Dan Dedrick,
1093 Davide Cavalca, David Herrmann, David Michael, Dennis Wassenberg,
1094 Djalal Harouni, Dongsu Park, Douglas Christman, Elias Probst, Eric
1095 Cook, Erik Karlsson, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Felipe Sateler, Felix Zhang,
1096 Franck Bui, George Hilliard, Giuseppe Scrivano, HATAYAMA Daisuke,
1097 Heikki Kemppainen, Hendrik Brueckner, hi117, Ismo Puustinen, Ivan
1098 Shapovalov, Jakub Filak, Jakub Wilk, Jan Synacek, Jason Kölker,
1099 Jean-Sébastien Bour, Jiří Pírko, Jonathan Boulle, Jorge Niedbalski,
1100 Keith Busch, kristbaum, Kyle Russell, Lans Zhang, Lennart Poettering,
1101 Leonardo Brondani Schenkel, Lucas Werkmeister, Luca Bruno, Lukáš
1102 Nykrýn, Maciek Borzecki, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Antoine Perennou,
1103 Marcel Holtmann, Marcos Mello, Martin Ejdestig, Martin Pitt, Matej
1104 Habrnal, Maxime de Roucy, Michael Biebl, Michael Chapman, Michael Hoy,
1105 Michael Olbrich, Michael Pope, Michal Sekletar, Michal Soltys, Mike
1106 Gilbert, Nick Owens, Patrik Flykt, Paweł Szewczyk, Peter Hutterer,
1107 Piotr Drąg, Reid Price, Richard W.M. Jones, Roman Stingler, Ronny
1108 Chevalier, Seraphime Kirkovski, Stefan Schweter, Steve Muir, Susant
1109 Sahani, Tejun Heo, Thomas Blume, Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tiago Levit,
1110 Tobias Jungel, Tomáš Janoušek, Topi Miettinen, Torstein Husebø, Umut
1111 Tezduyar Lindskog, Vito Caputo, WaLyong Cho, Wilhelm Schuster, Yann
1112 E. MORIN, Yi EungJun, Yuki Inoguchi, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew
1113 Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zeal Jagannatha
1114
1115 — Santa Fe, 2016-11-03
1116
1117 CHANGES WITH 231:
1118
1119 * In service units the various ExecXYZ= settings have been extended
1120 with an additional special character as first argument of the
1121 assigned value: if the character '+' is used the specified command
1122 line it will be run with full privileges, regardless of User=,
1123 Group=, CapabilityBoundingSet= and similar options. The effect is
1124 similar to the existing PermissionsStartOnly= option, but allows
1125 configuration of this concept for each executed command line
1126 independently.
1127
1128 * Services may now alter the service watchdog timeout at runtime by
1129 sending a WATCHDOG_USEC= message via sd_notify().
1130
1131 * MemoryLimit= and related unit settings now optionally take percentage
1132 specifications. The percentage is taken relative to the amount of
1133 physical memory in the system (or in case of containers, the assigned
1134 amount of memory). This allows scaling service resources neatly with
1135 the amount of RAM available on the system. Similarly, systemd-logind's
1136 RuntimeDirectorySize= option now also optionally takes percentage
1137 values.
1138
1139 * In similar fashion TasksMax= takes percentage values now, too. The
1140 value is taken relative to the configured maximum number of processes
1141 on the system. The per-service task maximum has been changed to 15%
1142 using this functionality. (Effectively this is an increase of 512 →
1143 4915 for service units, given the kernel's default pid_max setting.)
1144
1145 * Calendar time specifications in .timer units now understand a ".."
1146 syntax for time ranges. Example: "4..7:10" may now be used for
1147 defining a timer that is triggered at 4:10am, 5:10am, 6:10am and
1148 7:10am every day.
1149
1150 * The InaccessableDirectories=, ReadOnlyDirectories= and
1151 ReadWriteDirectories= unit file settings have been renamed to
1152 InaccessablePaths=, ReadOnlyPaths= and ReadWritePaths= and may now be
1153 applied to all kinds of file nodes, and not just directories, with
1154 the exception of symlinks. Specifically these settings may now be
1155 used on block and character device nodes, UNIX sockets and FIFOS as
1156 well as regular files. The old names of these settings remain
1157 available for compatibility.
1158
1159 * systemd will now log about all service processes it kills forcibly
1160 (using SIGKILL) because they remained after the clean shutdown phase
1161 of the service completed. This should help identifying services that
1162 shut down uncleanly. Moreover if KillUserProcesses= is enabled in
1163 systemd-logind's configuration a similar log message is generated for
1164 processes killed at the end of each session due to this setting.
1165
1166 * systemd will now set the $JOURNAL_STREAM environment variable for all
1167 services whose stdout/stderr are connected to the Journal (which
1168 effectively means by default: all services). The variable contains
1169 the device and inode number of the file descriptor used for
1170 stdout/stderr. This may be used by invoked programs to detect whether
1171 their stdout/stderr is connected to the Journal, in which case they
1172 can switch over to direct Journal communication, thus being able to
1173 pass extended, structured metadata along with their log messages. As
1174 one example, this is now used by glib's logging primitives.
1175
1176 * When using systemd's default tmp.mount unit for /tmp, the mount point
1177 will now be established with the "nosuid" and "nodev" options. This
1178 avoids privilege escalation attacks that put traps and exploits into
1179 /tmp. However, this might cause problems if you e. g. put container
1180 images or overlays into /tmp; if you need this, override tmp.mount's
1181 "Options=" with a drop-in, or mount /tmp from /etc/fstab with your
1182 desired options.
1183
1184 * systemd now supports the "memory" cgroup controller also on
1185 cgroupsv2.
1186
1187 * The systemd-cgtop tool now optionally takes a control group path as
1188 command line argument. If specified, the control group list shown is
1189 limited to subgroups of that group.
1190
1191 * The SystemCallFilter= unit file setting gained support for
1192 pre-defined, named system call filter sets. For example
1193 SystemCallFilter=@clock is now an effective way to make all clock
1194 changing-related system calls unavailable to a service. A number of
1195 similar pre-defined groups are defined. Writing system call filters
1196 for system services is simplified substantially with this new
1197 concept. Accordingly, all of systemd's own, long-running services now
1198 enable system call filtering based on this, by default.
1199
1200 * A new service setting MemoryDenyWriteExecute= has been added, taking
1201 a boolean value. If turned on, a service may no longer create memory
1202 mappings that are writable and executable at the same time. This
1203 enhances security for services where this is enabled as it becomes
1204 harder to dynamically write and then execute memory in exploited
1205 service processes. This option has been enabled for all of systemd's
1206 own long-running services.
1207
1208 * A new RestrictRealtime= service setting has been added, taking a
1209 boolean argument. If set the service's processes may no longer
1210 acquire realtime scheduling. This improves security as realtime
1211 scheduling may otherwise be used to easily freeze the system.
1212
1213 * systemd-nspawn gained a new switch --notify-ready= taking a boolean
1214 value. This may be used for requesting that the system manager inside
1215 of the container reports start-up completion to nspawn which then
1216 propagates this notification further to the service manager
1217 supervising nspawn itself. A related option NotifyReady= in .nspawn
1218 files has been added too. This functionality allows ordering of the
1219 start-up of multiple containers using the usual systemd ordering
1220 primitives.
1221
1222 * machinectl gained a new command "stop" that is an alias for
1223 "terminate".
1224
1225 * systemd-resolved gained support for contacting DNS servers on
1226 link-local IPv6 addresses.
1227
1228 * If systemd-resolved receives the SIGUSR2 signal it will now flush all
1229 its caches. A method call for requesting the same operation has been
1230 added to the bus API too, and is made available via "systemd-resolve
1231 --flush-caches".
1232
1233 * systemd-resolve gained a new --status switch. If passed a brief
1234 summary of the used DNS configuration with per-interface information
1235 is shown.
1236
1237 * resolved.conf gained a new Cache= boolean option, defaulting to
1238 on. If turned off local DNS caching is disabled. This comes with a
1239 performance penalty in particular when DNSSEC is enabled. Note that
1240 resolved disables its internal caching implicitly anyway, when the
1241 configured DNS server is on a host-local IP address such as ::1 or
1242 127.0.0.1, thus automatically avoiding double local caching.
1243
1244 * systemd-resolved now listens on the local IP address 127.0.0.53:53
1245 for DNS requests. This improves compatibility with local programs
1246 that do not use the libc NSS or systemd-resolved's bus APIs for name
1247 resolution. This minimal DNS service is only available to local
1248 programs and does not implement the full DNS protocol, but enough to
1249 cover local DNS clients. A new, static resolv.conf file, listing just
1250 this DNS server is now shipped in /usr/lib/systemd/resolv.conf. It is
1251 now recommended to make /etc/resolv.conf a symlink to this file in
1252 order to route all DNS lookups to systemd-resolved, regardless if
1253 done via NSS, the bus API or raw DNS packets. Note that this local
1254 DNS service is not as fully featured as the libc NSS or
1255 systemd-resolved's bus APIs. For example, as unicast DNS cannot be
1256 used to deliver link-local address information (as this implies
1257 sending a local interface index along), LLMNR/mDNS support via this
1258 interface is severely restricted. It is thus strongly recommended for
1259 all applications to use the libc NSS API or native systemd-resolved
1260 bus API instead.
1261
1262 * systemd-networkd's bridge support learned a new setting
1263 VLANFiltering= for controlling VLAN filtering. Moreover a new section
1264 in .network files has been added for configuring VLAN bridging in
1265 more detail: VLAN=, EgressUntagged=, PVID= in [BridgeVLAN].
1266
1267 * systemd-networkd's IPv6 Router Advertisement code now makes use of
1268 the DNSSL and RDNSS options. This means IPv6 DNS configuration may
1269 now be acquired without relying on DHCPv6. Two new options
1270 UseDomains= and UseDNS= have been added to configure this behaviour.
1271
1272 * systemd-networkd's IPv6AcceptRouterAdvertisements= option has been
1273 renamed IPv6AcceptRA=, without altering its behaviour. The old
1274 setting name remains available for compatibility reasons.
1275
1276 * The systemd-networkd VTI/VTI6 tunneling support gained new options
1277 Key=, InputKey= and OutputKey=.
1278
1279 * systemd-networkd gained support for VRF ("Virtual Routing Function")
1280 interface configuration.
1281
1282 * "systemctl edit" may now be used to create new unit files by
1283 specifying the --force switch.
1284
1285 * sd-event gained a new function sd_event_get_iteration() for
1286 requesting the current iteration counter of the event loop. It starts
1287 at zero and is increased by one with each event loop iteration.
1288
1289 * A new rpm macro %systemd_ordering is provided by the macros.systemd
1290 file. It can be used in lieu of %systemd_requires in packages which
1291 don't use any systemd functionality and are intended to be installed
1292 in minimal containers without systemd present. This macro provides
1293 ordering dependencies to ensure that if the package is installed in
1294 the same rpm transaction as systemd, systemd will be installed before
1295 the scriptlets for the package are executed, allowing unit presets
1296 to be handled.
1297
1298 New macros %_systemdgeneratordir and %_systemdusergeneratordir have
1299 been added to simplify packaging of generators.
1300
1301 * The os-release file gained VERSION_CODENAME field for the
1302 distribution nickname (e.g. VERSION_CODENAME=woody).
1303
1304 * New udev property UDEV_DISABLE_PERSISTENT_STORAGE_RULES_FLAG=1
1305 can be set to disable parsing of metadata and the creation
1306 of persistent symlinks for that device.
1307
1308 * The v230 change to tag framebuffer devices (/dev/fb*) with "uaccess"
1309 to make them available to logged-in users has been reverted.
1310
1311 * Much of the common code of the various systemd components is now
1312 built into an internal shared library libsystemd-shared-231.so
1313 (incorporating the systemd version number in the name, to be updated
1314 with future releases) that the components link to. This should
1315 decrease systemd footprint both in memory during runtime and on
1316 disk. Note that the shared library is not for public use, and is
1317 neither API not ABI stable, but is likely to change with every new
1318 released update. Packagers need to make sure that binaries
1319 linking to libsystemd-shared.so are updated in step with the
1320 library.
1321
1322 * Configuration for "mkosi" is now part of the systemd
1323 repository. mkosi is a tool to easily build legacy-free OS images,
1324 and is available on github: https://github.com/systemd/mkosi. If
1325 "mkosi" is invoked in the build tree a new raw OS image is generated
1326 incorporating the systemd sources currently being worked on and a
1327 clean, fresh distribution installation. The generated OS image may be
1328 booted up with "systemd-nspawn -b -i", qemu-kvm or on any physical
1329 UEFI PC. This functionality is particularly useful to easily test
1330 local changes made to systemd in a pristine, defined environment. See
1331 HACKING for details.
1332
1333 * configure learned the --with-support-url= option to specify the
1334 distribution's bugtracker.
1335
1336 Contributions from: Alban Crequy, Alessandro Puccetti, Alessio Igor
1337 Bogani, Alexander Kuleshov, Alexander Kurtz, Alex Gaynor, Andika
1338 Triwidada, Andreas Pokorny, Andreas Rammhold, Andrew Jeddeloh, Ansgar
1339 Burchardt, Atrotors, Benjamin Drung, Brian Boylston, Christian Hesse,
1340 Christian Rebischke, Daniele Medri, Daniel Mack, Dave Reisner, David
1341 Herrmann, David Michael, Djalal Harouni, Douglas Christman, Elias
1342 Probst, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Federico Mena Quintero, Felipe Sateler,
1343 Franck Bui, Harald Hoyer, Ian Lee, Ivan Shapovalov, Jakub Wilk, Jan
1344 Janssen, Jean-Sébastien Bour, John Paul Adrian Glaubitz, Jouke
1345 Witteveen, Kai Ruhnau, kpengboy, Kyle Walker, Lénaïc Huard, Lennart
1346 Poettering, Luca Bruno, Lukas Lösche, Lukáš Nykrýn, mahkoh, Marcel
1347 Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Marty Plummer, Matthieu Codron, Max Prokhorov,
1348 Michael Biebl, Michael Karcher, Michael Olbrich, Michał Bartoszkiewicz,
1349 Michal Sekletar, Michal Soltys, Minkyung, Muhammet Kara, mulkieran,
1350 Otto Wallenius, Pablo Lezaeta Reyes, Peter Hutterer, Ronny Chevalier,
1351 Rusty Bird, Stef Walter, Susant Sahani, Tejun Heo, Thomas Blume, Thomas
1352 Haller, Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tobias Jungel, Tom Gundersen, Tom Yan,
1353 Topi Miettinen, Torstein Husebø, Valentin Vidić, Viktar Vaŭčkievič,
1354 WaLyong Cho, Weng Xuetian, Werner Fink, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
1355
1356 — Berlin, 2016-07-25
1357
1358 CHANGES WITH 230:
1359
1360 * DNSSEC is now turned on by default in systemd-resolved (in
1361 "allow-downgrade" mode), but may be turned off during compile time by
1362 passing "--with-default-dnssec=no" to "configure" (and of course,
1363 during runtime with DNSSEC= in resolved.conf). We recommend
1364 downstreams to leave this on at least during development cycles and
1365 report any issues with the DNSSEC logic upstream. We are very
1366 interested in collecting feedback about the DNSSEC validator and its
1367 limitations in the wild. Note however, that DNSSEC support is
1368 probably nothing downstreams should turn on in stable distros just
1369 yet, as it might create incompatibilities with a few DNS servers and
1370 networks. We tried hard to make sure we downgrade to non-DNSSEC mode
1371 automatically whenever we detect such incompatible setups, but there
1372 might be systems we do not cover yet. Hence: please help us testing
1373 the DNSSEC code, leave this on where you can, report back, but then
1374 again don't consider turning this on in your stable, LTS or
1375 production release just yet. (Note that you have to enable
1376 nss-resolve in /etc/nsswitch.conf, to actually use systemd-resolved
1377 and its DNSSEC mode for host name resolution from local
1378 applications.)
1379
1380 * systemd-resolve conveniently resolves DANE records with the --tlsa
1381 option and OPENPGPKEY records with the --openpgp option. It also
1382 supports dumping raw DNS record data via the new --raw= switch.
1383
1384 * systemd-logind will now by default terminate user processes that are
1385 part of the user session scope unit (session-XX.scope) when the user
1386 logs out. This behavior is controlled by the KillUserProcesses=
1387 setting in logind.conf, and the previous default of "no" is now
1388 changed to "yes". This means that user sessions will be properly
1389 cleaned up after, but additional steps are necessary to allow
1390 intentionally long-running processes to survive logout.
1391
1392 While the user is logged in at least once, user@.service is running,
1393 and any service that should survive the end of any individual login
1394 session can be started at a user service or scope using systemd-run.
1395 systemd-run(1) man page has been extended with an example which shows
1396 how to run screen in a scope unit underneath user@.service. The same
1397 command works for tmux.
1398
1399 After the user logs out of all sessions, user@.service will be
1400 terminated too, by default, unless the user has "lingering" enabled.
1401 To effectively allow users to run long-term tasks even if they are
1402 logged out, lingering must be enabled for them. See loginctl(1) for
1403 details. The default polkit policy was modified to allow users to
1404 set lingering for themselves without authentication.
1405
1406 Previous defaults can be restored at compile time by the
1407 --without-kill-user-processes option to "configure".
1408
1409 * systemd-logind gained new configuration settings SessionsMax= and
1410 InhibitorsMax=, both with a default of 8192. It will not register new
1411 user sessions or inhibitors above this limit.
1412
1413 * systemd-logind will now reload configuration on SIGHUP.
1414
1415 * The unified cgroup hierarchy added in Linux 4.5 is now supported.
1416 Use systemd.unified_cgroup_hierarchy=1 on the kernel command line to
1417 enable. Also, support for the "io" cgroup controller in the unified
1418 hierarchy has been added, so that the "memory", "pids" and "io" are
1419 now the controllers that are supported on the unified hierarchy.
1420
1421 WARNING: it is not possible to use previous systemd versions with
1422 systemd.unified_cgroup_hierarchy=1 and the new kernel. Therefore it
1423 is necessary to also update systemd in the initramfs if using the
1424 unified hierarchy. An updated SELinux policy is also required.
1425
1426 * LLDP support has been extended, and both passive (receive-only) and
1427 active (sender) modes are supported. Passive mode ("routers-only") is
1428 enabled by default in systemd-networkd. Active LLDP mode is enabled
1429 by default for containers on the internal network. The "networkctl
1430 lldp" command may be used to list information gathered. "networkctl
1431 status" will also show basic LLDP information on connected peers now.
1432
1433 * The IAID and DUID unique identifier sent in DHCP requests may now be
1434 configured for the system and each .network file managed by
1435 systemd-networkd using the DUIDType=, DUIDRawData=, IAID= options.
1436
1437 * systemd-networkd gained support for configuring proxy ARP support for
1438 each interface, via the ProxyArp= setting in .network files. It also
1439 gained support for configuring the multicast querier feature of
1440 bridge devices, via the new MulticastQuerier= setting in .netdev
1441 files. Similarly, snooping on the IGMP traffic can be controlled
1442 via the new setting MulticastSnooping=.
1443
1444 A new setting PreferredLifetime= has been added for addresses
1445 configured in .network file to configure the lifetime intended for an
1446 address.
1447
1448 The systemd-networkd DHCP server gained the option EmitRouter=, which
1449 defaults to yes, to configure whether the DHCP Option 3 (Router)
1450 should be emitted.
1451
1452 * The testing tool /usr/lib/systemd/systemd-activate is renamed to
1453 systemd-socket-activate and installed into /usr/bin. It is now fully
1454 supported.
1455
1456 * systemd-journald now uses separate threads to flush changes to disk
1457 when closing journal files, thus reducing impact of slow disk I/O on
1458 logging performance.
1459
1460 * The sd-journal API gained two new calls
1461 sd_journal_open_directory_fd() and sd_journal_open_files_fd() which
1462 can be used to open journal files using file descriptors instead of
1463 file or directory paths. sd_journal_open_container() has been
1464 deprecated, sd_journal_open_directory_fd() should be used instead
1465 with the flag SD_JOURNAL_OS_ROOT.
1466
1467 * journalctl learned a new output mode "-o short-unix" that outputs log
1468 lines prefixed by their UNIX time (i.e. seconds since Jan 1st, 1970
1469 UTC). It also gained support for a new --no-hostname setting to
1470 suppress the hostname column in the family of "short" output modes.
1471
1472 * systemd-ask-password now optionally skips printing of the password to
1473 stdout with --no-output which can be useful in scripts.
1474
1475 * Framebuffer devices (/dev/fb*) and 3D printers and scanners
1476 (devices tagged with ID_MAKER_TOOL) are now tagged with
1477 "uaccess" and are available to logged in users.
1478
1479 * The DeviceAllow= unit setting now supports specifiers (with "%").
1480
1481 * "systemctl show" gained a new --value switch, which allows print a
1482 only the contents of a specific unit property, without also printing
1483 the property's name. Similar support was added to "show*" verbs
1484 of loginctl and machinectl that output "key=value" lists.
1485
1486 * A new unit type "generated" was added for files dynamically generated
1487 by generator tools. Similarly, a new unit type "transient" is used
1488 for unit files created using the runtime API. "systemctl enable" will
1489 refuse to operate on such files.
1490
1491 * A new command "systemctl revert" has been added that may be used to
1492 revert to the vendor version of a unit file, in case local changes
1493 have been made by adding drop-ins or overriding the unit file.
1494
1495 * "machinectl clean" gained a new verb to automatically remove all or
1496 just hidden container images.
1497
1498 * systemd-tmpfiles gained support for a new line type "e" for emptying
1499 directories, if they exist, without creating them if they don't.
1500
1501 * systemd-nspawn gained support for automatically patching the UID/GIDs
1502 of the owners and the ACLs of all files and directories in a
1503 container tree to match the UID/GID user namespacing range selected
1504 for the container invocation. This mode is enabled via the new
1505 --private-users-chown switch. It also gained support for
1506 automatically choosing a free, previously unused UID/GID range when
1507 starting a container, via the new --private-users=pick setting (which
1508 implies --private-users-chown). Together, these options for the first
1509 time make user namespacing for nspawn containers fully automatic and
1510 thus deployable. The systemd-nspawn@.service template unit file has
1511 been changed to use this functionality by default.
1512
1513 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --network-zone= switch, that allows
1514 creating ad-hoc virtual Ethernet links between multiple containers,
1515 that only exist as long as at least one container referencing them is
1516 running. This allows easy connecting of multiple containers with a
1517 common link that implements an Ethernet broadcast domain. Each of
1518 these network "zones" may be named relatively freely by the user, and
1519 may be referenced by any number of containers, but each container may
1520 only reference one of these "zones". On the lower level, this is
1521 implemented by an automatically managed bridge network interface for
1522 each zone, that is created when the first container referencing its
1523 zone is created and removed when the last one referencing its zone
1524 terminates.
1525
1526 * The default start timeout may now be configured on the kernel command
1527 line via systemd.default_timeout_start_sec=. It was already
1528 configurable via the DefaultTimeoutStartSec= option in
1529 /etc/systemd/system.conf.
1530
1531 * Socket units gained a new TriggerLimitIntervalSec= and
1532 TriggerLimitBurst= setting to configure a limit on the activation
1533 rate of the socket unit.
1534
1535 * The LimitNICE= setting now optionally takes normal UNIX nice values
1536 in addition to the raw integer limit value. If the specified
1537 parameter is prefixed with "+" or "-" and is in the range -20..19 the
1538 value is understood as UNIX nice value. If not prefixed like this it
1539 is understood as raw RLIMIT_NICE limit.
1540
1541 * Note that the effect of the PrivateDevices= unit file setting changed
1542 slightly with this release: the per-device /dev file system will be
1543 mounted read-only from this version on, and will have "noexec"
1544 set. This (minor) change of behavior might cause some (exceptional)
1545 legacy software to break, when PrivateDevices=yes is set for its
1546 service. Please leave PrivateDevices= off if you run into problems
1547 with this.
1548
1549 * systemd-bootchart has been split out to a separate repository:
1550 https://github.com/systemd/systemd-bootchart
1551
1552 * systemd-bus-proxyd has been removed, as kdbus is unlikely to still be
1553 merged into the kernel in its current form.
1554
1555 * The compatibility libraries libsystemd-daemon.so,
1556 libsystemd-journal.so, libsystemd-id128.so, and libsystemd-login.so
1557 which have been deprecated since systemd-209 have been removed along
1558 with the corresponding pkg-config files. All symbols provided by
1559 those libraries are provided by libsystemd.so.
1560
1561 * The Capabilities= unit file setting has been removed (it is ignored
1562 for backwards compatibility). AmbientCapabilities= and
1563 CapabilityBoundingSet= should be used instead.
1564
1565 * A new special target has been added, initrd-root-device.target,
1566 which creates a synchronization point for dependencies of the root
1567 device in early userspace. Initramfs builders must ensure that this
1568 target is now included in early userspace.
1569
1570 Contributions from: Alban Crequy, Alexander Kuleshov, Alexander Shopov,
1571 Alex Crawford, Andre Klärner, Andrew Eikum, Beniamino Galvani, Benjamin
1572 Robin, Biao Lu, Bjørnar Ness, Calvin Owens, Christian Hesse, Clemens
1573 Gruber, Colin Guthrie, Daniel Drake, Daniele Medri, Daniel J Walsh,
1574 Daniel Mack, Dan Nicholson, daurnimator, David Herrmann, David
1575 R. Hedges, Elias Probst, Emmanuel Gil Peyrot, EMOziko, Evgeny
1576 Vereshchagin, Federico, Felipe Sateler, Filipe Brandenburger, Franck
1577 Bui, frankheckenbach, gdamjan, Georgia Brikis, Harald Hoyer, Hendrik
1578 Brueckner, Hristo Venev, Iago López Galeiras, Ian Kelling, Ismo
1579 Puustinen, Jakub Wilk, Jaroslav Škarvada, Jeff Huang, Joel Holdsworth,
1580 John Paul Adrian Glaubitz, Jonathan Boulle, kayrus, Klearchos
1581 Chaloulos, Kyle Russell, Lars Uebernickel, Lennart Poettering, Lubomir
1582 Rintel, Lukáš Nykrýn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel Holtmann, Martin Pitt,
1583 Michael Biebl, michaelolbrich, Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Michal Koutný,
1584 Michal Sekletar, Mike Frysinger, Mike Gilbert, Mingcong Bai, Ming Lin,
1585 mulkieran, muzena, Nalin Dahyabhai, Naohiro Aota, Nathan McSween,
1586 Nicolas Braud-Santoni, Patrik Flykt, Peter Hutterer, Peter Mattern,
1587 Petr Lautrbach, Petros Angelatos, Piotr Drąg, Rabin Vincent, Robert
1588 Węcławski, Ronny Chevalier, Samuel Tardieu, Stefan Saraev, Stefan
1589 Schallenberg aka nafets227, Steven Siloti, Susant Sahani, Sylvain
1590 Plantefève, Taylor Smock, Tejun Heo, Thomas Blume, Thomas Haller,
1591 Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tobias Klauser, Tom Gundersen, topimiettinen,
1592 Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Uwe Kleine-König, Victor Toso,
1593 Vinay Kulkarni, Vito Caputo, Vittorio G (VittGam), Vladimir Panteleev,
1594 Wieland Hoffmann, Wouter Verhelst, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew
1595 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
1596
1597 — Fairfax, 2016-05-21
1598
1599 CHANGES WITH 229:
1600
1601 * The systemd-resolved DNS resolver service has gained a substantial
1602 set of new features, most prominently it may now act as a DNSSEC
1603 validating stub resolver. DNSSEC mode is currently turned off by
1604 default, but is expected to be turned on by default in one of the
1605 next releases. For now, we invite everybody to test the DNSSEC logic
1606 by setting DNSSEC=allow-downgrade in /etc/systemd/resolved.conf. The
1607 service also gained a full set of D-Bus interfaces, including calls
1608 to configure DNS and DNSSEC settings per link (for use by external
1609 network management software). systemd-resolved and systemd-networkd
1610 now distinguish between "search" and "routing" domains. The former
1611 are used to qualify single-label names, the latter are used purely
1612 for routing lookups within certain domains to specific links.
1613 resolved now also synthesizes RRs for all entries from /etc/hosts.
1614
1615 * The systemd-resolve tool (which is a client utility for
1616 systemd-resolved) has been improved considerably and is now fully
1617 supported and documented. Hence it has moved from /usr/lib/systemd to
1618 /usr/bin.
1619
1620 * /dev/disk/by-path/ symlink support has been (re-)added for virtio
1621 devices.
1622
1623 * The coredump collection logic has been reworked: when a coredump is
1624 collected it is now written to disk, compressed and processed
1625 (including stacktrace extraction) from a new instantiated service
1626 systemd-coredump@.service, instead of directly from the
1627 /proc/sys/kernel/core_pattern hook we provide. This is beneficial as
1628 processing large coredumps can take up a substantial amount of
1629 resources and time, and this previously happened entirely outside of
1630 systemd's service supervision. With the new logic the core_pattern
1631 hook only does minimal metadata collection before passing off control
1632 to the new instantiated service, which is configured with a time
1633 limit, a nice level and other settings to minimize negative impact on
1634 the rest of the system. Also note that the new logic will honour the
1635 RLIMIT_CORE setting of the crashed process, which now allows users
1636 and processes to turn off coredumping for their processes by setting
1637 this limit.
1638
1639 * The RLIMIT_CORE resource limit now defaults to "unlimited" for PID 1
1640 and all forked processes by default. Previously, PID 1 would leave
1641 the setting at "0" for all processes, as set by the kernel. Note that
1642 the resource limit traditionally has no effect on the generated
1643 coredumps on the system if the /proc/sys/kernel/core_pattern hook
1644 logic is used. Since the limit is now honoured (see above) its
1645 default has been changed so that the coredumping logic is enabled by
1646 default for all processes, while allowing specific opt-out.
1647
1648 * When the stacktrace is extracted from processes of system users, this
1649 is now done as "systemd-coredump" user, in order to sandbox this
1650 potentially security sensitive parsing operation. (Note that when
1651 processing coredumps of normal users this is done under the user ID
1652 of process that crashed, as before.) Packagers should take notice
1653 that it is now necessary to create the "systemd-coredump" system user
1654 and group at package installation time.
1655
1656 * The systemd-activate socket activation testing tool gained support
1657 for SOCK_DGRAM and SOCK_SEQPACKET sockets using the new --datagram
1658 and --seqpacket switches. It also has been extended to support both
1659 new-style and inetd-style file descriptor passing. Use the new
1660 --inetd switch to request inetd-style file descriptor passing.
1661
1662 * Most systemd tools now honor a new $SYSTEMD_COLORS environment
1663 variable, which takes a boolean value. If set to false, ANSI color
1664 output is disabled in the tools even when run on a terminal that
1665 supports it.
1666
1667 * The VXLAN support in networkd now supports two new settings
1668 DestinationPort= and PortRange=.
1669
1670 * A new systemd.machine_id= kernel command line switch has been added,
1671 that may be used to set the machine ID in /etc/machine-id if it is
1672 not initialized yet. This command line option has no effect if the
1673 file is already initialized.
1674
1675 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --as-pid2 switch that invokes any
1676 specified command line as PID 2 rather than PID 1 in the
1677 container. In this mode PID 1 is a minimal stub init process that
1678 implements the special POSIX and Linux semantics of PID 1 regarding
1679 signal and child process management. Note that this stub init process
1680 is implemented in nspawn itself and requires no support from the
1681 container image. This new logic is useful to support running
1682 arbitrary commands in the container, as normal processes are
1683 generally not prepared to run as PID 1.
1684
1685 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --chdir= switch for setting the current
1686 working directory for the process started in the container.
1687
1688 * "journalctl /dev/sda" will now output all kernel log messages for
1689 specified device from the current boot, in addition to all devices
1690 that are parents of it. This should make log output about devices
1691 pretty useful, as long as kernel drivers attach enough metadata to
1692 the log messages. (The usual SATA drivers do.)
1693
1694 * The sd-journal API gained two new calls
1695 sd_journal_has_runtime_files() and sd_journal_has_persistent_files()
1696 that report whether log data from /run or /var has been found.
1697
1698 * journalctl gained a new switch "--fields" that prints all journal
1699 record field names currently in use in the journal. This is backed
1700 by two new sd-journal API calls sd_journal_enumerate_fields() and
1701 sd_journal_restart_fields().
1702
1703 * Most configurable timeouts in systemd now expect an argument of
1704 "infinity" to turn them off, instead of "0" as before. The semantics
1705 from now on is that a timeout of "0" means "now", and "infinity"
1706 means "never". To maintain backwards compatibility, "0" continues to
1707 turn off previously existing timeout settings.
1708
1709 * "systemctl reload-or-try-restart" has been renamed to "systemctl
1710 try-reload-or-restart" to clarify what it actually does: the "try"
1711 logic applies to both reloading and restarting, not just restarting.
1712 The old name continues to be accepted for compatibility.
1713
1714 * On boot-up, when PID 1 detects that the system clock is behind the
1715 release date of the systemd version in use, the clock is now set
1716 to the latter. Previously, this was already done in timesyncd, in order
1717 to avoid running with clocks set to the various clock epochs such as
1718 1902, 1938 or 1970. With this change the logic is now done in PID 1
1719 in addition to timesyncd during early boot-up, so that it is enforced
1720 before the first process is spawned by systemd. Note that the logic
1721 in timesyncd remains, as it is more comprehensive and ensures
1722 clock monotonicity by maintaining a persistent timestamp file in
1723 /var. Since /var is generally not available in earliest boot or the
1724 initrd, this part of the logic remains in timesyncd, and is not done
1725 by PID 1.
1726
1727 * Support for tweaking details in net_cls.class_id through the
1728 NetClass= configuration directive has been removed, as the kernel
1729 people have decided to deprecate that controller in cgroup v2.
1730 Userspace tools such as nftables are moving over to setting rules
1731 that are specific to the full cgroup path of a task, which obsoletes
1732 these controllers anyway. The NetClass= directive is kept around for
1733 legacy compatibility reasons. For a more in-depth description of the
1734 kernel change, please refer to the respective upstream commit:
1735
1736 https://git.kernel.org/cgit/linux/kernel/git/torvalds/linux.git/commit/?id=bd1060a1d671
1737
1738 * A new service setting RuntimeMaxSec= has been added that may be used
1739 to specify a maximum runtime for a service. If the timeout is hit, the
1740 service is terminated and put into a failure state.
1741
1742 * A new service setting AmbientCapabilities= has been added. It allows
1743 configuration of additional Linux process capabilities that are
1744 passed to the activated processes. This is only available on very
1745 recent kernels.
1746
1747 * The process resource limit settings in service units may now be used
1748 to configure hard and soft limits individually.
1749
1750 * The various libsystemd APIs such as sd-bus or sd-event now publicly
1751 expose support for gcc's __attribute__((cleanup())) C extension.
1752 Specifically, for many object destructor functions alternative
1753 versions have been added that have names suffixed with "p" and take a
1754 pointer to a pointer to the object to destroy, instead of just a
1755 pointer to the object itself. This is useful because these destructor
1756 functions may be used directly as parameters to the cleanup
1757 construct. Internally, systemd has been a heavy user of this GCC
1758 extension for a long time, and with this change similar support is
1759 now available to consumers of the library outside of systemd. Note
1760 that by using this extension in your sources compatibility with old
1761 and strictly ANSI compatible C compilers is lost. However, all gcc or
1762 LLVM versions of recent years support this extension.
1763
1764 * Timer units gained support for a new setting RandomizedDelaySec= that
1765 allows configuring some additional randomized delay to the configured
1766 time. This is useful to spread out timer events to avoid load peaks in
1767 clusters or larger setups.
1768
1769 * Calendar time specifications now support sub-second accuracy.
1770
1771 * Socket units now support listening on SCTP and UDP-lite protocol
1772 sockets.
1773
1774 * The sd-event API now comes with a full set of man pages.
1775
1776 * Older versions of systemd contained experimental support for
1777 compressing journal files and coredumps with the LZ4 compressor that
1778 was not compatible with the lz4 binary (due to API limitations of the
1779 lz4 library). This support has been removed; only support for files
1780 compatible with the lz4 binary remains. This LZ4 logic is now
1781 officially supported and no longer considered experimental.
1782
1783 * The dkr image import logic has been removed again from importd. dkr's
1784 micro-services focus doesn't fit into the machine image focus of
1785 importd, and quickly got out of date with the upstream dkr API.
1786
1787 * Creation of the /run/lock/lockdev/ directory was dropped from
1788 tmpfiles.d/legacy.conf. Better locking mechanisms like flock() have
1789 been available for many years. If you still need this, you need to
1790 create your own tmpfiles.d config file with:
1791
1792 d /run/lock/lockdev 0775 root lock -
1793
1794 Contributions from: Abdo Roig-Maranges, Alban Crequy, Aleksander
1795 Adamowski, Alexander Kuleshov, Andreas Pokorny, Andrei Borzenkov,
1796 Andrew Wilcox, Arthur Clement, Beniamino Galvani, Casey Schaufler,
1797 Chris Atkinson, Chris Mayo, Christian Hesse, Damjan Georgievski, Dan
1798 Dedrick, Daniele Medri, Daniel J Walsh, Daniel Korostil, Daniel Mack,
1799 David Herrmann, Dimitri John Ledkov, Dominik Hannen, Douglas Christman,
1800 Evgeny Vereshchagin, Filipe Brandenburger, Franck Bui, Gabor Kelemen,
1801 Harald Hoyer, Hayden Walles, Helmut Grohne, Henrik Kaare Poulsen,
1802 Hristo Venev, Hui Wang, Indrajit Raychaudhuri, Ismo Puustinen, Jakub
1803 Wilk, Jan Alexander Steffens (heftig), Jan Engelhardt, Jan Synacek,
1804 Joost Bremmer, Jorgen Schaefer, Karel Zak, Klearchos Chaloulos,
1805 lc85446, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel
1806 Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich, Michael Scherer,
1807 Michał Górny, Michal Sekletar, Nicolas Cornu, Nicolas Iooss, Nils
1808 Carlson, nmartensen, nnz1024, Patrick Ohly, Peter Hutterer, Phillip Sz,
1809 Ronny Chevalier, Samu Kallio, Shawn Landden, Stef Walter, Susant
1810 Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève, Tadej Janež, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel
1811 Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Vito
1812 Caputo, WaLyong Cho, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
1813
1814 — Berlin, 2016-02-11
1815
1816 CHANGES WITH 228:
1817
1818 * A number of properties previously only settable in unit
1819 files are now also available as properties to set when
1820 creating transient units programmatically via the bus, as it
1821 is exposed with systemd-run's --property=
1822 setting. Specifically, these are: SyslogIdentifier=,
1823 SyslogLevelPrefix=, TimerSlackNSec=, OOMScoreAdjust=,
1824 EnvironmentFile=, ReadWriteDirectories=,
1825 ReadOnlyDirectories=, InaccessibleDirectories=,
1826 ProtectSystem=, ProtectHome=, RuntimeDirectory=.
1827
1828 * When creating transient services via the bus API it is now
1829 possible to pass in a set of file descriptors to use as
1830 STDIN/STDOUT/STDERR for the invoked process.
1831
1832 * Slice units may now be created transiently via the bus APIs,
1833 similar to the way service and scope units may already be
1834 created transiently.
1835
1836 * Wherever systemd expects a calendar timestamp specification
1837 (like in journalctl's --since= and --until= switches) UTC
1838 timestamps are now supported. Timestamps suffixed with "UTC"
1839 are now considered to be in Universal Time Coordinated
1840 instead of the local timezone. Also, timestamps may now
1841 optionally be specified with sub-second accuracy. Both of
1842 these additions also apply to recurring calendar event
1843 specification, such as OnCalendar= in timer units.
1844
1845 * journalctl gained a new "--sync" switch that asks the
1846 journal daemon to write all so far unwritten log messages to
1847 disk and sync the files, before returning.
1848
1849 * systemd-tmpfiles learned two new line types "q" and "Q" that
1850 operate like "v", but also set up a basic btrfs quota
1851 hierarchy when used on a btrfs file system with quota
1852 enabled.
1853
1854 * tmpfiles' "v", "q" and "Q" will now create a plain directory
1855 instead of a subvolume (even on a btrfs file system) if the
1856 root directory is a plain directory, and not a
1857 subvolume. This should simplify things with certain chroot()
1858 environments which are not aware of the concept of btrfs
1859 subvolumes.
1860
1861 * systemd-detect-virt gained a new --chroot switch to detect
1862 whether execution takes place in a chroot() environment.
1863
1864 * CPUAffinity= now takes CPU index ranges in addition to
1865 individual indexes.
1866
1867 * The various memory-related resource limit settings (such as
1868 LimitAS=) now understand the usual K, M, G, ... suffixes to
1869 the base of 1024 (IEC). Similar, the time-related resource
1870 limit settings understand the usual min, h, day, ...
1871 suffixes now.
1872
1873 * There's a new system.conf setting DefaultTasksMax= to
1874 control the default TasksMax= setting for services and
1875 scopes running on the system. (TasksMax= is the primary
1876 setting that exposes the "pids" cgroup controller on systemd
1877 and was introduced in the previous systemd release.) The
1878 setting now defaults to 512, which means services that are
1879 not explicitly configured otherwise will only be able to
1880 create 512 processes or threads at maximum, from this
1881 version on. Note that this means that thread- or
1882 process-heavy services might need to be reconfigured to set
1883 TasksMax= to a higher value. It is sufficient to set
1884 TasksMax= in these specific unit files to a higher value, or
1885 even "infinity". Similar, there's now a logind.conf setting
1886 UserTasksMax= that defaults to 4096 and limits the total
1887 number of processes or tasks each user may own
1888 concurrently. nspawn containers also have the TasksMax=
1889 value set by default now, to 8192. Note that all of this
1890 only has an effect if the "pids" cgroup controller is
1891 enabled in the kernel. The general benefit of these changes
1892 should be a more robust and safer system, that provides a
1893 certain amount of per-service fork() bomb protection.
1894
1895 * systemd-nspawn gained the new --network-veth-extra= switch
1896 to define additional and arbitrarily-named virtual Ethernet
1897 links between the host and the container.
1898
1899 * A new service execution setting PassEnvironment= has been
1900 added that allows importing select environment variables
1901 from PID1's environment block into the environment block of
1902 the service.
1903
1904 * Timer units gained support for a new RemainAfterElapse=
1905 setting which takes a boolean argument. It defaults to on,
1906 exposing behaviour unchanged to previous releases. If set to
1907 off, timer units are unloaded after they elapsed if they
1908 cannot elapse again. This is particularly useful for
1909 transient timer units, which shall not stay around longer
1910 than until they first elapse.
1911
1912 * systemd will now bump the net.unix.max_dgram_qlen to 512 by
1913 default now (the kernel default is 16). This is beneficial
1914 for avoiding blocking on AF_UNIX/SOCK_DGRAM sockets since it
1915 allows substantially larger numbers of queued
1916 datagrams. This should increase the capability of systemd to
1917 parallelize boot-up, as logging and sd_notify() are unlikely
1918 to stall execution anymore. If you need to change the value
1919 from the new defaults, use the usual sysctl.d/ snippets.
1920
1921 * The compression framing format used by the journal or
1922 coredump processing has changed to be in line with what the
1923 official LZ4 tools generate. LZ4 compression support in
1924 systemd was considered unsupported previously, as the format
1925 was not compatible with the normal tools. With this release
1926 this has changed now, and it is hence safe for downstream
1927 distributions to turn it on. While not compressing as well
1928 as the XZ, LZ4 is substantially faster, which makes
1929 it a good default choice for the compression logic in the
1930 journal and in coredump handling.
1931
1932 * Any reference to /etc/mtab has been dropped from
1933 systemd. The file has been obsolete since a while, but
1934 systemd refused to work on systems where it was incorrectly
1935 set up (it should be a symlink or non-existent). Please make
1936 sure to update to util-linux 2.27.1 or newer in conjunction
1937 with this systemd release, which also drops any reference to
1938 /etc/mtab. If you maintain a distribution make sure that no
1939 software you package still references it, as this is a
1940 likely source of bugs. There's also a glibc bug pending,
1941 asking for removal of any reference to this obsolete file:
1942
1943 https://sourceware.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=19108
1944
1945 Note that only util-linux versions built with
1946 --enable-libmount-force-mountinfo are supported.
1947
1948 * Support for the ".snapshot" unit type has been removed. This
1949 feature turned out to be little useful and little used, and
1950 has now been removed from the core and from systemctl.
1951
1952 * The dependency types RequiresOverridable= and
1953 RequisiteOverridable= have been removed from systemd. They
1954 have been used only very sparingly to our knowledge and
1955 other options that provide a similar effect (such as
1956 systemctl --mode=ignore-dependencies) are much more useful
1957 and commonly used. Moreover, they were only half-way
1958 implemented as the option to control behaviour regarding
1959 these dependencies was never added to systemctl. By removing
1960 these dependency types the execution engine becomes a bit
1961 simpler. Unit files that use these dependencies should be
1962 changed to use the non-Overridable dependency types
1963 instead. In fact, when parsing unit files with these
1964 options, that's what systemd will automatically convert them
1965 too, but it will also warn, asking users to fix the unit
1966 files accordingly. Removal of these dependency types should
1967 only affect a negligible number of unit files in the wild.
1968
1969 * Behaviour of networkd's IPForward= option changed
1970 (again). It will no longer maintain a per-interface setting,
1971 but propagate one way from interfaces where this is enabled
1972 to the global kernel setting. The global setting will be
1973 enabled when requested by a network that is set up, but
1974 never be disabled again. This change was made to make sure
1975 IPv4 and IPv6 behaviour regarding packet forwarding is
1976 similar (as the Linux IPv6 stack does not support
1977 per-interface control of this setting) and to minimize
1978 surprises.
1979
1980 * In unit files the behaviour of %u, %U, %h, %s has
1981 changed. These specifiers will now unconditionally resolve
1982 to the various user database fields of the user that the
1983 systemd instance is running as, instead of the user
1984 configured in the specific unit via User=. Note that this
1985 effectively doesn't change much, as resolving of these
1986 specifiers was already turned off in the --system instance
1987 of systemd, as we cannot do NSS lookups from PID 1. In the
1988 --user instance of systemd these specifiers where correctly
1989 resolved, but hardly made any sense, since the user instance
1990 lacks privileges to do user switches anyway, and User= is
1991 hence useless. Moreover, even in the --user instance of
1992 systemd behaviour was awkward as it would only take settings
1993 from User= assignment placed before the specifier into
1994 account. In order to unify and simplify the logic around
1995 this the specifiers will now always resolve to the
1996 credentials of the user invoking the manager (which in case
1997 of PID 1 is the root user).
1998
1999 Contributions from: Andrew Jones, Beniamino Galvani, Boyuan
2000 Yang, Daniel Machon, Daniel Mack, David Herrmann, David
2001 Reynolds, David Strauss, Dongsu Park, Evgeny Vereshchagin,
2002 Felipe Sateler, Filipe Brandenburger, Franck Bui, Hristo
2003 Venev, Iago López Galeiras, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen, Jan
2004 Synacek, Jesus Ornelas Aguayo, Karel Zak, kayrus, Kay Sievers,
2005 Lennart Poettering, Liu Yuan Yuan, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel
2006 Holtmann, Marcin Bachry, Marcos Alano, Marcos Mello, Mark
2007 Theunissen, Martin Pitt, Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich,
2008 Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Mirco Tischler, Nick Owens,
2009 Nicolas Cornu, Patrik Flykt, Peter Hutterer, reverendhomer,
2010 Ronny Chevalier, Sangjung Woo, Seong-ho Cho, Shawn Landden,
2011 Susant Sahani, Thomas Haller, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen,
2012 Tom Gundersen, Torstein Husebø, Vito Caputo, Zbigniew
2013 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
2014
2015 — Berlin, 2015-11-18
2016
2017 CHANGES WITH 227:
2018
2019 * systemd now depends on util-linux v2.27. More specifically,
2020 the newly added mount monitor feature in libmount now
2021 replaces systemd's former own implementation.
2022
2023 * libmount mandates /etc/mtab not to be regular file, and
2024 systemd now enforces this condition at early boot.
2025 /etc/mtab has been deprecated and warned about for a very
2026 long time, so systems running systemd should already have
2027 stopped having this file around as anything else than a
2028 symlink to /proc/self/mounts.
2029
2030 * Support for the "pids" cgroup controller has been added. It
2031 allows accounting the number of tasks in a cgroup and
2032 enforcing limits on it. This adds two new setting
2033 TasksAccounting= and TasksMax= to each unit, as well as a
2034 global option DefaultTasksAccounting=.
2035
2036 * Support for the "net_cls" cgroup controller has been added.
2037 It allows assigning a net class ID to each task in the
2038 cgroup, which can then be used in firewall rules and traffic
2039 shaping configurations. Note that the kernel netfilter net
2040 class code does not currently work reliably for ingress
2041 packets on unestablished sockets.
2042
2043 This adds a new config directive called NetClass= to CGroup
2044 enabled units. Allowed values are positive numbers for fixed
2045 assignments and "auto" for picking a free value
2046 automatically.
2047
2048 * 'systemctl is-system-running' now returns 'offline' if the
2049 system is not booted with systemd. This command can now be
2050 used as a substitute for 'systemd-notify --booted'.
2051
2052 * Watchdog timeouts have been increased to 3 minutes for all
2053 in-tree service files. Apparently, disk IO issues are more
2054 frequent than we hoped, and user reported >1 minute waiting
2055 for disk IO.
2056
2057 * 'machine-id-commit' functionality has been merged into
2058 'machine-id-setup --commit'. The separate binary has been
2059 removed.
2060
2061 * The WorkingDirectory= directive in unit files may now be set
2062 to the special value '~'. In this case, the working
2063 directory is set to the home directory of the user
2064 configured in User=.
2065
2066 * "machinectl shell" will now open the shell in the home
2067 directory of the selected user by default.
2068
2069 * The CrashChVT= configuration file setting is renamed to
2070 CrashChangeVT=, following our usual logic of not
2071 abbreviating unnecessarily. The old directive is still
2072 supported for compat reasons. Also, this directive now takes
2073 an integer value between 1 and 63, or a boolean value. The
2074 formerly supported '-1' value for disabling stays around for
2075 compat reasons.
2076
2077 * The PrivateTmp=, PrivateDevices=, PrivateNetwork=,
2078 NoNewPrivileges=, TTYPath=, WorkingDirectory= and
2079 RootDirectory= properties can now be set for transient
2080 units.
2081
2082 * The systemd-analyze tool gained a new "set-log-target" verb
2083 to change the logging target the system manager logs to
2084 dynamically during runtime. This is similar to how
2085 "systemd-analyze set-log-level" already changes the log
2086 level.
2087
2088 * In nspawn /sys is now mounted as tmpfs, with only a selected
2089 set of subdirectories mounted in from the real sysfs. This
2090 enhances security slightly, and is useful for ensuring user
2091 namespaces work correctly.
2092
2093 * Support for USB FunctionFS activation has been added. This
2094 allows implementation of USB gadget services that are
2095 activated as soon as they are requested, so that they don't
2096 have to run continuously, similar to classic socket
2097 activation.
2098
2099 * The "systemctl exit" command now optionally takes an
2100 additional parameter that sets the exit code to return from
2101 the systemd manager when exiting. This is only relevant when
2102 running the systemd user instance, or when running the
2103 system instance in a container.
2104
2105 * sd-bus gained the new API calls sd_bus_path_encode_many()
2106 and sd_bus_path_decode_many() that allow easy encoding and
2107 decoding of multiple identifier strings inside a D-Bus
2108 object path. Another new call sd_bus_default_flush_close()
2109 has been added to flush and close per-thread default
2110 connections.
2111
2112 * systemd-cgtop gained support for a -M/--machine= switch to
2113 show the control groups within a certain container only.
2114
2115 * "systemctl kill" gained support for an optional --fail
2116 switch. If specified the requested operation will fail of no
2117 processes have been killed, because the unit had no
2118 processes attached, or similar.
2119
2120 * A new systemd.crash_reboot=1 kernel command line option has
2121 been added that triggers a reboot after crashing. This can
2122 also be set through CrashReboot= in systemd.conf.
2123
2124 * The RuntimeDirectory= setting now understands unit
2125 specifiers like %i or %f.
2126
2127 * A new (still internal) library API sd-ipv4acd has been added,
2128 that implements address conflict detection for IPv4. It's
2129 based on code from sd-ipv4ll, and will be useful for
2130 detecting DHCP address conflicts.
2131
2132 * File descriptors passed during socket activation may now be
2133 named. A new API sd_listen_fds_with_names() is added to
2134 access the names. The default names may be overridden,
2135 either in the .socket file using the FileDescriptorName=
2136 parameter, or by passing FDNAME= when storing the file
2137 descriptors using sd_notify().
2138
2139 * systemd-networkd gained support for:
2140
2141 - Setting the IPv6 Router Advertisement settings via
2142 IPv6AcceptRouterAdvertisements= in .network files.
2143
2144 - Configuring the HelloTimeSec=, MaxAgeSec= and
2145 ForwardDelaySec= bridge parameters in .netdev files.
2146
2147 - Configuring PreferredSource= for static routes in
2148 .network files.
2149
2150 * The "ask-password" framework used to query for LUKS harddisk
2151 passwords or SSL passwords during boot gained support for
2152 caching passwords in the kernel keyring, if it is
2153 available. This makes sure that the user only has to type in
2154 a passphrase once if there are multiple objects to unlock
2155 with the same one. Previously, such password caching was
2156 available only when Plymouth was used; this moves the
2157 caching logic into the systemd codebase itself. The
2158 "systemd-ask-password" utility gained a new --keyname=
2159 switch to control which kernel keyring key to use for
2160 caching a password in. This functionality is also useful for
2161 enabling display managers such as gdm to automatically
2162 unlock the user's GNOME keyring if its passphrase, the
2163 user's password and the harddisk password are the same, if
2164 gdm-autologin is used.
2165
2166 * When downloading tar or raw images using "machinectl
2167 pull-tar" or "machinectl pull-raw", a matching ".nspawn"
2168 file is now also downloaded, if it is available and stored
2169 next to the image file.
2170
2171 * Units of type ".socket" gained a new boolean setting
2172 Writable= which is only useful in conjunction with
2173 ListenSpecial=. If true, enables opening the specified
2174 special file in O_RDWR mode rather than O_RDONLY mode.
2175
2176 * systemd-rfkill has been reworked to become a singleton
2177 service that is activated through /dev/rfkill on each rfkill
2178 state change and saves the settings to disk. This way,
2179 systemd-rfkill is now compatible with devices that exist
2180 only intermittendly, and even restores state if the previous
2181 system shutdown was abrupt rather than clean.
2182
2183 * The journal daemon gained support for vacuuming old journal
2184 files controlled by the number of files that shall remain,
2185 in addition to the already existing control by size and by
2186 date. This is useful as journal interleaving performance
2187 degrades with too many separate journal files, and allows
2188 putting an effective limit on them. The new setting defaults
2189 to 100, but this may be changed by setting SystemMaxFiles=
2190 and RuntimeMaxFiles= in journald.conf. Also, the
2191 "journalctl" tool gained the new --vacuum-files= switch to
2192 manually vacuum journal files to leave only the specified
2193 number of files in place.
2194
2195 * udev will now create /dev/disk/by-path links for ATA devices
2196 on kernels where that is supported.
2197
2198 * Galician, Serbian, Turkish and Korean translations were added.
2199
2200 Contributions from: Aaro Koskinen, Alban Crequy, Beniamino
2201 Galvani, Benjamin Robin, Branislav Blaskovic, Chen-Han Hsiao
2202 (Stanley), Daniel Buch, Daniel Machon, Daniel Mack, David
2203 Herrmann, David Milburn, doubleodoug, Evgeny Vereshchagin,
2204 Felipe Franciosi, Filipe Brandenburger, Fran Dieguez, Gabriel
2205 de Perthuis, Georg Müller, Hans de Goede, Hendrik Brueckner,
2206 Ivan Shapovalov, Jacob Keller, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen,
2207 Jan Synacek, Jens Kuske, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers, Krzesimir
2208 Nowak, Krzysztof Kotlenga, Lars Uebernickel, Lennart
2209 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Łukasz Stelmach, Maciej Wereski,
2210 Marcel Holtmann, Marius Thesing, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl,
2211 Michael Gebetsroither, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Mike
2212 Gilbert, Muhammet Kara, nazgul77, Nicolas Cornu, NoXPhasma,
2213 Olof Johansson, Patrik Flykt, Pawel Szewczyk, reverendhomer,
2214 Ronny Chevalier, Sangjung Woo, Seong-ho Cho, Susant Sahani,
2215 Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas Haller, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel
2216 Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Tom Lyon, Viktar Vauchkevich,
2217 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Марко М. Костић
2218
2219 — Berlin, 2015-10-07
2220
2221 CHANGES WITH 226:
2222
2223 * The DHCP implementation of systemd-networkd gained a set of
2224 new features:
2225
2226 - The DHCP server now supports emitting DNS and NTP
2227 information. It may be enabled and configured via
2228 EmitDNS=, DNS=, EmitNTP=, and NTP=. If transmission of DNS
2229 and NTP information is enabled, but no servers are
2230 configured, the corresponding uplink information (if there
2231 is any) is propagated.
2232
2233 - Server and client now support transmission and reception
2234 of timezone information. It can be configured via the
2235 newly introduced network options UseTimezone=,
2236 EmitTimezone=, and Timezone=. Transmission of timezone
2237 information is enabled between host and containers by
2238 default now: the container will change its local timezone
2239 to what the host has set.
2240
2241 - Lease timeouts can now be configured via
2242 MaxLeaseTimeSec= and DefaultLeaseTimeSec=.
2243
2244 - The DHCP server improved on the stability of
2245 leases. Clients are more likely to get the same lease
2246 information back, even if the server loses state.
2247
2248 - The DHCP server supports two new configuration options to
2249 control the lease address pool metrics, PoolOffset= and
2250 PoolSize=.
2251
2252 * The encapsulation limit of tunnels in systemd-networkd may
2253 now be configured via 'EncapsulationLimit='. It allows
2254 modifying the maximum additional levels of encapsulation
2255 that are permitted to be prepended to a packet.
2256
2257 * systemd now supports the concept of user buses replacing
2258 session buses, if used with dbus-1.10 (and enabled via dbus
2259 --enable-user-session). It previously only supported this on
2260 kdbus-enabled systems, and this release expands this to
2261 'dbus-daemon' systems.
2262
2263 * systemd-networkd now supports predictable interface names
2264 for virtio devices.
2265
2266 * systemd now optionally supports the new Linux kernel
2267 "unified" control group hierarchy. If enabled via the kernel
2268 command-line option 'systemd.unified_cgroup_hierarchy=1',
2269 systemd will try to mount the unified cgroup hierarchy
2270 directly on /sys/fs/cgroup. If not enabled, or not
2271 available, systemd will fall back to the legacy cgroup
2272 hierarchy setup, as before. Host system and containers can
2273 mix and match legacy and unified hierarchies as they
2274 wish. nspawn understands the $UNIFIED_CGROUP_HIERARCHY
2275 environment variable to individually select the hierarchy to
2276 use for executed containers. By default, nspawn will use the
2277 unified hierarchy for the containers if the host uses the
2278 unified hierarchy, and the legacy hierarchy otherwise.
2279 Please note that at this point the unified hierarchy is an
2280 experimental kernel feature and is likely to change in one
2281 of the next kernel releases. Therefore, it should not be
2282 enabled by default in downstream distributions yet. The
2283 minimum required kernel version for the unified hierarchy to
2284 work is 4.2. Note that when the unified hierarchy is used
2285 for the first time delegated access to controllers is
2286 safe. Because of this systemd-nspawn containers will get
2287 access to controllers now, as will systemd user
2288 sessions. This means containers and user sessions may now
2289 manage their own resources, partitioning up what the system
2290 grants them.
2291
2292 * A new special scope unit "init.scope" has been introduced
2293 that encapsulates PID 1 of the system. It may be used to
2294 determine resource usage and enforce resource limits on PID
2295 1 itself. PID 1 hence moved out of the root of the control
2296 group tree.
2297
2298 * The cgtop tool gained support for filtering out kernel
2299 threads when counting tasks in a control group. Also, the
2300 count of processes is now recursively summed up by
2301 default. Two options -k and --recursive= have been added to
2302 revert to old behaviour. The tool has also been updated to
2303 work correctly in containers now.
2304
2305 * systemd-nspawn's --bind= and --bind-ro= options have been
2306 extended to allow creation of non-recursive bind mounts.
2307
2308 * libsystemd gained two new calls sd_pid_get_cgroup() and
2309 sd_peer_get_cgroup() which return the control group path of
2310 a process or peer of a connected AF_UNIX socket. This
2311 function call is particularly useful when implementing
2312 delegated subtrees support in the control group hierarchy.
2313
2314 * The "sd-event" event loop API of libsystemd now supports
2315 correct dequeuing of real-time signals, without losing
2316 signal events.
2317
2318 * When systemd requests a PolicyKit decision when managing
2319 units it will now add additional fields to the request,
2320 including unit name and desired operation. This enables more
2321 powerful PolicyKit policies, that make decisions depending
2322 on these parameters.
2323
2324 * nspawn learnt support for .nspawn settings files, that may
2325 accompany the image files or directories of containers, and
2326 may contain additional settings for the container. This is
2327 an alternative to configuring container parameters via the
2328 nspawn command line.
2329
2330 Contributions from: Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Mack, David
2331 Herrmann, Eugene Yakubovich, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Filipe
2332 Brandenburger, Hans de Goede, Jan Alexander Steffens, Jan
2333 Synacek, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Mangix, Marcel
2334 Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Chapman, Michal
2335 Sekletar, Peter Hutterer, Piotr Drąg, reverendhomer, Robin
2336 Hack, Susant Sahani, Sylvain Pasche, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel
2337 Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Torstein Husebø
2338
2339 — Berlin, 2015-09-08
2340
2341 CHANGES WITH 225:
2342
2343 * machinectl gained a new verb 'shell' which opens a fresh
2344 shell on the target container or the host. It is similar to
2345 the existing 'login' command of machinectl, but spawns the
2346 shell directly without prompting for username or
2347 password. The pseudo machine '.host' now refers to the local
2348 host and is used by default. Hence, 'machinectl shell' can
2349 be used as replacement for 'su -' which spawns a session as
2350 a fresh systemd unit in a way that is fully isolated from
2351 the originating session.
2352
2353 * systemd-networkd learned to cope with private-zone DHCP
2354 options and allows other programs to query the values.
2355
2356 * SELinux access control when enabling/disabling units is no
2357 longer enforced with this release. The previous
2358 implementation was incorrect, and a new corrected
2359 implementation is not yet available. As unit file operations
2360 are still protected via PolicyKit and D-Bus policy this is
2361 not a security problem. Yet, distributions which care about
2362 optimal SELinux support should probably not stabilize on
2363 this release.
2364
2365 * sd-bus gained support for matches of type "arg0has=", that
2366 test for membership of strings in string arrays sent in bus
2367 messages.
2368
2369 * systemd-resolved now dumps the contents of its DNS and LLMNR
2370 caches to the logs on reception of the SIGUSR1 signal. This
2371 is useful to debug DNS behaviour.
2372
2373 * The coredumpctl tool gained a new --directory= option to
2374 operate on journal files in a specific directory.
2375
2376 * "systemctl reboot" and related commands gained a new
2377 "--message=" option which may be used to set a free-text
2378 wall message when shutting down or rebooting the
2379 system. This message is also logged, which is useful for
2380 figuring out the reason for a reboot or shutdown a
2381 posteriori.
2382
2383 * The "systemd-resolve-host" tool's -i switch now takes
2384 network interface numbers as alternative to interface names.
2385
2386 * A new unit file setting for services has been introduced:
2387 UtmpMode= allows configuration of how precisely systemd
2388 handles utmp and wtmp entries for the service if this is
2389 enabled. This allows writing services that appear similar to
2390 user sessions in the output of the "w", "who", "last" and
2391 "lastlog" tools.
2392
2393 * systemd-resolved will now locally synthesize DNS resource
2394 records for the "localhost" and "gateway" domains as well as
2395 the local hostname. This should ensure that clients querying
2396 RRs via resolved will get similar results as those going via
2397 NSS, if nss-myhostname is enabled.
2398
2399 Contributions from: Alastair Hughes, Alex Crawford, Daniel
2400 Mack, David Herrmann, Dimitri John Ledkov, Eric Kostrowski,
2401 Evgeny Vereshchagin, Felipe Sateler, HATAYAMA Daisuke, Jan
2402 Pokorný, Jan Synacek, Johnny Robeson, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers,
2403 Kefeng Wang, Lennart Poettering, Major Hayden, Marcel
2404 Holtmann, Markus Elfring, Martin Mikkelsen, Martin Pitt, Matt
2405 Turner, Maxim Mikityanskiy, Michael Biebl, Namhyung Kim,
2406 Nicolas Cornu, Owen W. Taylor, Patrik Flykt, Peter Hutterer,
2407 reverendhomer, Richard Maw, Ronny Chevalier, Seth Jennings,
2408 Stef Walter, Susant Sahani, Thomas Blume, Thomas Hindoe
2409 Paaboel Andersen, Thomas Meyer, Tom Gundersen, Vincent Batts,
2410 WaLyong Cho, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
2411
2412 — Berlin, 2015-08-27
2413
2414 CHANGES WITH 224:
2415
2416 * The systemd-efi-boot-generator functionality was merged into
2417 systemd-gpt-auto-generator.
2418
2419 * systemd-networkd now supports Group Policy for vxlan
2420 devices. It can be enabled via the new boolean configuration
2421 option called 'GroupPolicyExtension='.
2422
2423 Contributions from: Andreas Kempf, Christian Hesse, Daniel Mack, David
2424 Herrmann, Herman Fries, Johannes Nixdorf, Kay Sievers, Lennart
2425 Poettering, Peter Hutterer, Susant Sahani, Tom Gundersen
2426
2427 — Berlin, 2015-07-31
2428
2429 CHANGES WITH 223:
2430
2431 * The python-systemd code has been removed from the systemd repository.
2432 A new repository has been created which accommodates the code from
2433 now on, and we kindly ask distributions to create a separate package
2434 for this: https://github.com/systemd/python-systemd
2435
2436 * The systemd daemon will now reload its main configuration
2437 (/etc/systemd/system.conf) on daemon-reload.
2438
2439 * sd-dhcp now exposes vendor specific extensions via
2440 sd_dhcp_lease_get_vendor_specific().
2441
2442 * systemd-networkd gained a number of new configuration options.
2443
2444 - A new boolean configuration option for TAP devices called
2445 'VNetHeader='. If set, the IFF_VNET_HDR flag is set for the
2446 device, thus allowing to send and receive GSO packets.
2447
2448 - A new tunnel configuration option called 'CopyDSCP='.
2449 If enabled, the DSCP field of ip6 tunnels is copied into the
2450 decapsulated packet.
2451
2452 - A set of boolean bridge configuration options were added.
2453 'UseBPDU=', 'HairPin=', 'FastLeave=', 'AllowPortToBeRoot=',
2454 and 'UnicastFlood=' are now parsed by networkd and applied to the
2455 respective bridge link device via the respective IFLA_BRPORT_*
2456 netlink attribute.
2457
2458 - A new string configuration option to override the hostname sent
2459 to a DHCP server, called 'Hostname='. If set and 'SendHostname='
2460 is true, networkd will use the configured hostname instead of the
2461 system hostname when sending DHCP requests.
2462
2463 - A new tunnel configuration option called 'IPv6FlowLabel='. If set,
2464 networkd will configure the IPv6 flow-label of the tunnel device
2465 according to RFC2460.
2466
2467 - The 'macvtap' virtual network devices are now supported, similar to
2468 the already supported 'macvlan' devices.
2469
2470 * systemd-resolved now implements RFC5452 to improve resilience against
2471 cache poisoning. Additionally, source port randomization is enabled
2472 by default to further protect against DNS spoofing attacks.
2473
2474 * nss-mymachines now supports translating UIDs and GIDs of running
2475 containers with user-namespaces enabled. If a container 'foo'
2476 translates a host uid 'UID' to the container uid 'TUID', then
2477 nss-mymachines will also map uid 'UID' to/from username 'vu-foo-TUID'
2478 (with 'foo' and 'TUID' replaced accordingly). Similarly, groups are
2479 mapped as 'vg-foo-TGID'.
2480
2481 Contributions from: Beniamino Galvani, cee1, Christian Hesse, Daniel
2482 Buch, Daniel Mack, daurnimator, David Herrmann, Dimitri John Ledkov,
2483 HATAYAMA Daisuke, Ivan Shapovalov, Jan Alexander Steffens (heftig),
2484 Johan Ouwerkerk, Jose Carlos Venegas Munoz, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers,
2485 Lennart Poettering, Lidong Zhong, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael
2486 Olbrich, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Mike Gilbert, Namhyung Kim,
2487 Nick Owens, Peter Hutterer, Richard Maw, Steven Allen, Sungbae Yoo,
2488 Susant Sahani, Thomas Blume, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom
2489 Gundersen, Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Vito Caputo,
2490 Vivenzio Pagliari, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
2491
2492 — Berlin, 2015-07-29
2493
2494 CHANGES WITH 222:
2495
2496 * udev does not longer support the WAIT_FOR_SYSFS= key in udev rules.
2497 There are no known issues with current sysfs, and udev does not need
2498 or should be used to work around such bugs.
2499
2500 * udev does no longer enable USB HID power management. Several reports
2501 indicate, that some devices cannot handle that setting.
2502
2503 * The udev accelerometer helper was removed. The functionality
2504 is now fully included in iio-sensor-proxy. But this means,
2505 older iio-sensor-proxy versions will no longer provide
2506 accelerometer/orientation data with this systemd version.
2507 Please upgrade iio-sensor-proxy to version 1.0.
2508
2509 * networkd gained a new configuration option IPv6PrivacyExtensions=
2510 which enables IPv6 privacy extensions (RFC 4941, "Privacy Extensions
2511 for Stateless Address") on selected networks.
2512
2513 * For the sake of fewer build-time dependencies and less code in the
2514 main repository, the python bindings are about to be removed in the
2515 next release. A new repository has been created which accommodates
2516 the code from now on, and we kindly ask distributions to create a
2517 separate package for this. The removal will take place in v223.
2518
2519 https://github.com/systemd/python-systemd
2520
2521 Contributions from: Abdo Roig-Maranges, Andrew Eikum, Bastien Nocera,
2522 Cédric Delmas, Christian Hesse, Christos Trochalakis, Daniel Mack,
2523 daurnimator, David Herrmann, Dimitri John Ledkov, Eric Biggers, Eric
2524 Cook, Felipe Sateler, Geert Jansen, Gerd Hoffmann, Gianpaolo Macario,
2525 Greg Kroah-Hartman, Iago López Galeiras, Jan Alexander Steffens
2526 (heftig), Jan Engelhardt, Jay Strict, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering,
2527 Markus Knetschke, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Marineau, Michal
2528 Sekletar, Miguel Bernal Marin, Peter Hutterer, Richard Maw, rinrinne,
2529 Susant Sahani, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Torstein
2530 Husebø, Vedran Miletić, WaLyong Cho, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
2531
2532 — Berlin, 2015-07-07
2533
2534 CHANGES WITH 221:
2535
2536 * The sd-bus.h and sd-event.h APIs have now been declared
2537 stable and have been added to the official interface of
2538 libsystemd.so. sd-bus implements an alternative D-Bus client
2539 library, that is relatively easy to use, very efficient and
2540 supports both classic D-Bus as well as kdbus as transport
2541 backend. sd-event is a generic event loop abstraction that
2542 is built around Linux epoll, but adds features such as event
2543 prioritization or efficient timer handling. Both APIs are good
2544 choices for C programs looking for a bus and/or event loop
2545 implementation that is minimal and does not have to be
2546 portable to other kernels.
2547
2548 * kdbus support is no longer compile-time optional. It is now
2549 always built-in. However, it can still be disabled at
2550 runtime using the kdbus=0 kernel command line setting, and
2551 that setting may be changed to default to off, by specifying
2552 --disable-kdbus at build-time. Note though that the kernel
2553 command line setting has no effect if the kdbus.ko kernel
2554 module is not installed, in which case kdbus is (obviously)
2555 also disabled. We encourage all downstream distributions to
2556 begin testing kdbus by adding it to the kernel images in the
2557 development distributions, and leaving kdbus support in
2558 systemd enabled.
2559
2560 * The minimal required util-linux version has been bumped to
2561 2.26.
2562
2563 * Support for chkconfig (--enable-chkconfig) was removed in
2564 favor of calling an abstraction tool
2565 /lib/systemd/systemd-sysv-install. This needs to be
2566 implemented for your distribution. See "SYSV INIT.D SCRIPTS"
2567 in README for details.
2568
2569 * If there's a systemd unit and a SysV init script for the
2570 same service name, and the user executes "systemctl enable"
2571 for it (or a related call), then this will now enable both
2572 (or execute the related operation on both), not just the
2573 unit.
2574
2575 * The libudev API documentation has been converted from gtkdoc
2576 into man pages.
2577
2578 * gudev has been removed from the systemd tree, it is now an
2579 external project.
2580
2581 * The systemd-cgtop tool learnt a new --raw switch to generate
2582 "raw" (machine parsable) output.
2583
2584 * networkd's IPForwarding= .network file setting learnt the
2585 new setting "kernel", which ensures that networkd does not
2586 change the IP forwarding sysctl from the default kernel
2587 state.
2588
2589 * The systemd-logind bus API now exposes a new boolean
2590 property "Docked" that reports whether logind considers the
2591 system "docked", i.e. connected to a docking station or not.
2592
2593 Contributions from: Alex Crawford, Andreas Pokorny, Andrei
2594 Borzenkov, Charles Duffy, Colin Guthrie, Cristian Rodríguez,
2595 Daniele Medri, Daniel Hahler, Daniel Mack, David Herrmann,
2596 David Mohr, Dimitri John Ledkov, Djalal Harouni, dslul, Ed
2597 Swierk, Eric Cook, Filipe Brandenburger, Gianpaolo Macario,
2598 Harald Hoyer, Iago López Galeiras, Igor Vuk, Jan Synacek,
2599 Jason Pleau, Jason S. McMullan, Jean Delvare, Jeff Huang,
2600 Jonathan Boulle, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers, kloun, Lennart
2601 Poettering, Marc-Antoine Perennou, Marcel Holtmann, Mario
2602 Limonciello, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich,
2603 Michal Schmidt, Mike Gilbert, Nick Owens, Pablo Lezaeta Reyes,
2604 Patrick Donnelly, Pavel Odvody, Peter Hutterer, Philip
2605 Withnall, Ronny Chevalier, Simon McVittie, Susant Sahani,
2606 Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Torstein
2607 Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Viktar Vauchkevich, Werner
2608 Fink, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
2609
2610 — Berlin, 2015-06-19
2611
2612 CHANGES WITH 220:
2613
2614 * The gudev library has been extracted into a separate repository
2615 available at: https://git.gnome.org/browse/libgudev/
2616 It is now managed as part of the Gnome project. Distributions
2617 are recommended to pass --disable-gudev to systemd and use
2618 gudev from the Gnome project instead. gudev is still included
2619 in systemd, for now. It will be removed soon, though. Please
2620 also see the announcement-thread on systemd-devel:
2621 https://lists.freedesktop.org/archives/systemd-devel/2015-May/032070.html
2622
2623 * systemd now exposes a CPUUsageNSec= property for each
2624 service unit on the bus, that contains the overall consumed
2625 CPU time of a service (the sum of what each process of the
2626 service consumed). This value is only available if
2627 CPUAccounting= is turned on for a service, and is then shown
2628 in the "systemctl status" output.
2629
2630 * Support for configuring alternative mappings of the old SysV
2631 runlevels to systemd targets has been removed. They are now
2632 hardcoded in a way that runlevels 2, 3, 4 all map to
2633 multi-user.target and 5 to graphical.target (which
2634 previously was already the default behaviour).
2635
2636 * The auto-mounter logic gained support for mount point
2637 expiry, using a new TimeoutIdleSec= setting in .automount
2638 units. (Also available as x-systemd.idle-timeout= in /etc/fstab).
2639
2640 * The EFI System Partition (ESP) as mounted to /boot by
2641 systemd-efi-boot-generator will now be unmounted
2642 automatically after 2 minutes of not being used. This should
2643 minimize the risk of ESP corruptions.
2644
2645 * New /etc/fstab options x-systemd.requires= and
2646 x-systemd.requires-mounts-for= are now supported to express
2647 additional dependencies for mounts. This is useful for
2648 journalling file systems that support external journal
2649 devices or overlay file systems that require underlying file
2650 systems to be mounted.
2651
2652 * systemd does not support direct live-upgrades (via systemctl
2653 daemon-reexec) from versions older than v44 anymore. As no
2654 distribution we are aware of shipped such old versions in a
2655 stable release this should not be problematic.
2656
2657 * When systemd forks off a new per-connection service instance
2658 it will now set the $REMOTE_ADDR environment variable to the
2659 remote IP address, and $REMOTE_PORT environment variable to
2660 the remote IP port. This behaviour is similar to the
2661 corresponding environment variables defined by CGI.
2662
2663 * systemd-networkd gained support for uplink failure
2664 detection. The BindCarrier= option allows binding interface
2665 configuration dynamically to the link sense of other
2666 interfaces. This is useful to achieve behaviour like in
2667 network switches.
2668
2669 * systemd-networkd gained support for configuring the DHCP
2670 client identifier to use when requesting leases.
2671
2672 * systemd-networkd now has a per-network UseNTP= option to
2673 configure whether NTP server information acquired via DHCP
2674 is passed on to services like systemd-timesyncd.
2675
2676 * systemd-networkd gained support for vti6 tunnels.
2677
2678 * Note that systemd-networkd manages the sysctl variable
2679 /proc/sys/net/ipv[46]/conf/*/forwarding for each interface
2680 it is configured for since v219. The variable controls IP
2681 forwarding, and is a per-interface alternative to the global
2682 /proc/sys/net/ipv[46]/ip_forward. This setting is
2683 configurable in the IPForward= option, which defaults to
2684 "no". This means if networkd is used for an interface it is
2685 no longer sufficient to set the global sysctl option to turn
2686 on IP forwarding! Instead, the .network file option
2687 IPForward= needs to be turned on! Note that the
2688 implementation of this behaviour was broken in v219 and has
2689 been fixed in v220.
2690
2691 * Many bonding and vxlan options are now configurable in
2692 systemd-networkd.
2693
2694 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --property= setting to set unit
2695 properties for the container scope. This is useful for
2696 setting resource parameters (e.g. "CPUShares=500") on
2697 containers started from the command line.
2698
2699 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --private-users= switch to make
2700 use of user namespacing available on recent Linux kernels.
2701
2702 * systemd-nspawn may now be called as part of a shell pipeline
2703 in which case the pipes used for stdin and stdout are passed
2704 directly to the process invoked in the container, without
2705 indirection via a pseudo tty.
2706
2707 * systemd-nspawn gained a new switch to control the UNIX
2708 signal to use when killing the init process of the container
2709 when shutting down.
2710
2711 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --overlay= switch for mounting
2712 overlay file systems into the container using the new kernel
2713 overlayfs support.
2714
2715 * When a container image is imported via systemd-importd and
2716 the host file system is not btrfs, a loopback block device
2717 file is created in /var/lib/machines.raw with a btrfs file
2718 system inside. It is then mounted to /var/lib/machines to
2719 enable btrfs features for container management. The loopback
2720 file and btrfs file system is grown as needed when container
2721 images are imported via systemd-importd.
2722
2723 * systemd-machined/systemd-importd gained support for btrfs
2724 quota, to enforce container disk space limits on disk. This
2725 is exposed in "machinectl set-limit".
2726
2727 * systemd-importd now can import containers from local .tar,
2728 .raw and .qcow2 images, and export them to .tar and .raw. It
2729 can also import dkr v2 images now from the network (on top
2730 of v1 as before).
2731
2732 * systemd-importd gained support for verifying downloaded
2733 images with gpg2 (previously only gpg1 was supported).
2734
2735 * systemd-machined, systemd-logind, systemd: most bus calls
2736 are now accessible to unprivileged processes via
2737 PolicyKit. Also, systemd-logind will now allow users to kill
2738 their own sessions without further privileges or
2739 authorization.
2740
2741 * systemd-shutdownd has been removed. This service was
2742 previously responsible for implementing scheduled shutdowns
2743 as exposed in /usr/bin/shutdown's time parameter. This
2744 functionality has now been moved into systemd-logind and is
2745 accessible via a bus interface.
2746
2747 * "systemctl reboot" gained a new switch --firmware-setup that
2748 can be used to reboot into the EFI firmware setup, if that
2749 is available. systemd-logind now exposes an API on the bus
2750 to trigger such reboots, in case graphical desktop UIs want
2751 to cover this functionality.
2752
2753 * "systemctl enable", "systemctl disable" and "systemctl mask"
2754 now support a new "--now" switch. If specified the units
2755 that are enabled will also be started, and the ones
2756 disabled/masked also stopped.
2757
2758 * The Gummiboot EFI boot loader tool has been merged into
2759 systemd, and renamed to "systemd-boot". The bootctl tool has been
2760 updated to support systemd-boot.
2761
2762 * An EFI kernel stub has been added that may be used to create
2763 kernel EFI binaries that contain not only the actual kernel,
2764 but also an initrd, boot splash, command line and OS release
2765 information. This combined binary can then be signed as a
2766 single image, so that the firmware can verify it all in one
2767 step. systemd-boot has special support for EFI binaries created
2768 like this and can extract OS release information from them
2769 and show them in the boot menu. This functionality is useful
2770 to implement cryptographically verified boot schemes.
2771
2772 * Optional support has been added to systemd-fsck to pass
2773 fsck's progress report to an AF_UNIX socket in the file
2774 system.
2775
2776 * udev will no longer create device symlinks for all block
2777 devices by default. A blacklist for excluding special block
2778 devices from this logic has been turned into a whitelist
2779 that requires picking block devices explicitly that require
2780 device symlinks.
2781
2782 * A new (currently still internal) API sd-device.h has been
2783 added to libsystemd. This modernized API is supposed to
2784 replace libudev eventually. In fact, already much of libudev
2785 is now just a wrapper around sd-device.h.
2786
2787 * A new hwdb database for storing metadata about pointing
2788 stick devices has been added.
2789
2790 * systemd-tmpfiles gained support for setting file attributes
2791 similar to the "chattr" tool with new 'h' and 'H' lines.
2792
2793 * systemd-journald will no longer unconditionally set the
2794 btrfs NOCOW flag on new journal files. This is instead done
2795 with tmpfiles snippet using the new 'h' line type. This
2796 allows easy disabling of this logic, by masking the
2797 journal-nocow.conf tmpfiles file.
2798
2799 * systemd-journald will now translate audit message types to
2800 human readable identifiers when writing them to the
2801 journal. This should improve readability of audit messages.
2802
2803 * The LUKS logic gained support for the offset= and skip=
2804 options in /etc/crypttab, as previously implemented by
2805 Debian.
2806
2807 * /usr/lib/os-release gained a new optional field VARIANT= for
2808 distributions that support multiple variants (such as a
2809 desktop edition, a server edition, ...)
2810
2811 Contributions from: Aaro Koskinen, Adam Goode, Alban Crequy,
2812 Alberto Fanjul Alonso, Alexander Sverdlin, Alex Puchades, Alin
2813 Rauta, Alison Chaiken, Andrew Jones, Arend van Spriel,
2814 Benedikt Morbach, Benjamin Franzke, Benjamin Tissoires, Blaž
2815 Tomažič, Chris Morgan, Chris Morin, Colin Walters, Cristian
2816 Rodríguez, Daniel Buch, Daniel Drake, Daniele Medri, Daniel
2817 Mack, Daniel Mustieles, daurnimator, Davide Bettio, David
2818 Herrmann, David Strauss, Didier Roche, Dimitri John Ledkov,
2819 Eric Cook, Gavin Li, Goffredo Baroncelli, Hannes Reinecke,
2820 Hans de Goede, Hans-Peter Deifel, Harald Hoyer, Iago López
2821 Galeiras, Ivan Shapovalov, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen, Jan
2822 Pazdziora, Jan Synacek, Jasper St. Pierre, Jay Faulkner, John
2823 Paul Adrian Glaubitz, Jonathon Gilbert, Karel Zak, Kay
2824 Sievers, Koen Kooi, Lennart Poettering, Lubomir Rintel, Lucas
2825 De Marchi, Lukas Nykryn, Lukas Rusak, Lukasz Skalski, Łukasz
2826 Stelmach, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Antoine Perennou, Marcel
2827 Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Mathieu Chevrier, Matthew Garrett,
2828 Michael Biebl, Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Michal
2829 Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Mirco Tischler, Nir Soffer, Patrik
2830 Flykt, Pavel Odvody, Peter Hutterer, Peter Lemenkov, Peter
2831 Waller, Piotr Drąg, Raul Gutierrez S, Richard Maw, Ronny
2832 Chevalier, Ross Burton, Sebastian Rasmussen, Sergey Ptashnick,
2833 Seth Jennings, Shawn Landden, Simon Farnsworth, Stefan Junker,
2834 Stephen Gallagher, Susant Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas
2835 Haller, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tobias Hunger, Tom
2836 Gundersen, Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Will
2837 Woods, Zachary Cook, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
2838
2839 — Berlin, 2015-05-22
2840
2841 CHANGES WITH 219:
2842
2843 * Introduce a new API "sd-hwdb.h" for querying the hardware
2844 metadata database. With this minimal interface one can query
2845 and enumerate the udev hwdb, decoupled from the old libudev
2846 library. libudev's interface for this is now only a wrapper
2847 around sd-hwdb. A new tool systemd-hwdb has been added to
2848 interface with and update the database.
2849
2850 * When any of systemd's tools copies files (for example due to
2851 tmpfiles' C lines) a btrfs reflink will attempted first,
2852 before bytewise copying is done.
2853
2854 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --ephemeral switch. When
2855 specified a btrfs snapshot is taken of the container's root
2856 directory, and immediately removed when the container
2857 terminates again. Thus, a container can be started whose
2858 changes never alter the container's root directory, and are
2859 lost on container termination. This switch can also be used
2860 for starting a container off the root file system of the
2861 host without affecting the host OS. This switch is only
2862 available on btrfs file systems.
2863
2864 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --template= switch. It takes the
2865 path to a container tree to use as template for the tree
2866 specified via --directory=, should that directory be
2867 missing. This allows instantiating containers dynamically,
2868 on first run. This switch is only available on btrfs file
2869 systems.
2870
2871 * When a .mount unit refers to a mount point on which multiple
2872 mounts are stacked, and the .mount unit is stopped all of
2873 the stacked mount points will now be unmounted until no
2874 mount point remains.
2875
2876 * systemd now has an explicit notion of supported and
2877 unsupported unit types. Jobs enqueued for unsupported unit
2878 types will now fail with an "unsupported" error code. More
2879 specifically .swap, .automount and .device units are not
2880 supported in containers, .busname units are not supported on
2881 non-kdbus systems. .swap and .automount are also not
2882 supported if their respective kernel compile time options
2883 are disabled.
2884
2885 * machinectl gained support for two new "copy-from" and
2886 "copy-to" commands for copying files from a running
2887 container to the host or vice versa.
2888
2889 * machinectl gained support for a new "bind" command to bind
2890 mount host directories into local containers. This is
2891 currently only supported for nspawn containers.
2892
2893 * networkd gained support for configuring bridge forwarding
2894 database entries (fdb) from .network files.
2895
2896 * A new tiny daemon "systemd-importd" has been added that can
2897 download container images in tar, raw, qcow2 or dkr formats,
2898 and make them available locally in /var/lib/machines, so
2899 that they can run as nspawn containers. The daemon can GPG
2900 verify the downloads (not supported for dkr, since it has no
2901 provisions for verifying downloads). It will transparently
2902 decompress bz2, xz, gzip compressed downloads if necessary,
2903 and restore sparse files on disk. The daemon uses privilege
2904 separation to ensure the actual download logic runs with
2905 fewer privileges than the daemon itself. machinectl has
2906 gained new commands "pull-tar", "pull-raw" and "pull-dkr" to
2907 make the functionality of importd available to the
2908 user. With this in place the Fedora and Ubuntu "Cloud"
2909 images can be downloaded and booted as containers unmodified
2910 (the Fedora images lack the appropriate GPG signature files
2911 currently, so they cannot be verified, but this will change
2912 soon, hopefully). Note that downloading images is currently
2913 only fully supported on btrfs.
2914
2915 * machinectl is now able to list container images found in
2916 /var/lib/machines, along with some metadata about sizes of
2917 disk and similar. If the directory is located on btrfs and
2918 quota is enabled, this includes quota display. A new command
2919 "image-status" has been added that shows additional
2920 information about images.
2921
2922 * machinectl is now able to clone container images
2923 efficiently, if the underlying file system (btrfs) supports
2924 it, with the new "machinectl clone" command. It also
2925 gained commands for renaming and removing images, as well as
2926 marking them read-only or read-write (supported also on
2927 legacy file systems).
2928
2929 * networkd gained support for collecting LLDP network
2930 announcements, from hardware that supports this. This is
2931 shown in networkctl output.
2932
2933 * systemd-run gained support for a new -t (--pty) switch for
2934 invoking a binary on a pty whose input and output is
2935 connected to the invoking terminal. This allows executing
2936 processes as system services while interactively
2937 communicating with them via the terminal. Most interestingly
2938 this is supported across container boundaries. Invoking
2939 "systemd-run -t /bin/bash" is an alternative to running a
2940 full login session, the difference being that the former
2941 will not register a session, nor go through the PAM session
2942 setup.
2943
2944 * tmpfiles gained support for a new "v" line type for creating
2945 btrfs subvolumes. If the underlying file system is a legacy
2946 file system, this automatically degrades to creating a
2947 normal directory. Among others /var/lib/machines is now
2948 created like this at boot, should it be missing.
2949
2950 * The directory /var/lib/containers/ has been deprecated and
2951 been replaced by /var/lib/machines. The term "machines" has
2952 been used in the systemd context as generic term for both
2953 VMs and containers, and hence appears more appropriate for
2954 this, as the directory can also contain raw images bootable
2955 via qemu/kvm.
2956
2957 * systemd-nspawn when invoked with -M but without --directory=
2958 or --image= is now capable of searching for the container
2959 root directory, subvolume or disk image automatically, in
2960 /var/lib/machines. systemd-nspawn@.service has been updated
2961 to make use of this, thus allowing it to be used for raw
2962 disk images, too.
2963
2964 * A new machines.target unit has been introduced that is
2965 supposed to group all containers/VMs invoked as services on
2966 the system. systemd-nspawn@.service has been updated to
2967 integrate with that.
2968
2969 * machinectl gained a new "start" command, for invoking a
2970 container as a service. "machinectl start foo" is mostly
2971 equivalent to "systemctl start systemd-nspawn@foo.service",
2972 but handles escaping in a nicer way.
2973
2974 * systemd-nspawn will now mount most of the cgroupfs tree
2975 read-only into each container, with the exception of the
2976 container's own subtree in the name=systemd hierarchy.
2977
2978 * journald now sets the special FS_NOCOW file flag for its
2979 journal files. This should improve performance on btrfs, by
2980 avoiding heavy fragmentation when journald's write-pattern
2981 is used on COW file systems. It degrades btrfs' data
2982 integrity guarantees for the files to the same levels as for
2983 ext3/ext4 however. This should be OK though as journald does
2984 its own data integrity checks and all its objects are
2985 checksummed on disk. Also, journald should handle btrfs disk
2986 full events a lot more gracefully now, by processing SIGBUS
2987 errors, and not relying on fallocate() anymore.
2988
2989 * When journald detects that journal files it is writing to
2990 have been deleted it will immediately start new journal
2991 files.
2992
2993 * systemd now provides a way to store file descriptors
2994 per-service in PID 1. This is useful for daemons to ensure
2995 that fds they require are not lost during a daemon
2996 restart. The fds are passed to the daemon on the next
2997 invocation in the same way socket activation fds are
2998 passed. This is now used by journald to ensure that the
2999 various sockets connected to all the system's stdout/stderr
3000 are not lost when journald is restarted. File descriptors
3001 may be stored in PID 1 via the sd_pid_notify_with_fds() API,
3002 an extension to sd_notify(). Note that a limit is enforced
3003 on the number of fds a service can store in PID 1, and it
3004 defaults to 0, so that no fds may be stored, unless this is
3005 explicitly turned on.
3006
3007 * The default TERM variable to use for units connected to a
3008 terminal, when no other value is explicitly is set is now
3009 vt220 rather than vt102. This should be fairly safe still,
3010 but allows PgUp/PgDn work.
3011
3012 * The /etc/crypttab option header= as known from Debian is now
3013 supported.
3014
3015 * "loginctl user-status" and "loginctl session-status" will
3016 now show the last 10 lines of log messages of the
3017 user/session following the status output. Similar,
3018 "machinectl status" will show the last 10 log lines
3019 associated with a virtual machine or container
3020 service. (Note that this is usually not the log messages
3021 done in the VM/container itself, but simply what the
3022 container manager logs. For nspawn this includes all console
3023 output however.)
3024
3025 * "loginctl session-status" without further argument will now
3026 show the status of the session of the caller. Similar,
3027 "lock-session", "unlock-session", "activate",
3028 "enable-linger", "disable-linger" may now be called without
3029 session/user parameter in which case they apply to the
3030 caller's session/user.
3031
3032 * An X11 session scriptlet is now shipped that uploads
3033 $DISPLAY and $XAUTHORITY into the environment of the systemd
3034 --user daemon if a session begins. This should improve
3035 compatibility with X11 enabled applications run as systemd
3036 user services.
3037
3038 * Generators are now subject to masking via /etc and /run, the
3039 same way as unit files.
3040
3041 * networkd .network files gained support for configuring
3042 per-link IPv4/IPv6 packet forwarding as well as IPv4
3043 masquerading. This is by default turned on for veth links to
3044 containers, as registered by systemd-nspawn. This means that
3045 nspawn containers run with --network-veth will now get
3046 automatic routed access to the host's networks without any
3047 further configuration or setup, as long as networkd runs on
3048 the host.
3049
3050 * systemd-nspawn gained the --port= (-p) switch to expose TCP
3051 or UDP posts of a container on the host. With this in place
3052 it is possible to run containers with private veth links
3053 (--network-veth), and have their functionality exposed on
3054 the host as if their services were running directly on the
3055 host.
3056
3057 * systemd-nspawn's --network-veth switch now gained a short
3058 version "-n", since with the changes above it is now truly
3059 useful out-of-the-box. The systemd-nspawn@.service has been
3060 updated to make use of it too by default.
3061
3062 * systemd-nspawn will now maintain a per-image R/W lock, to
3063 ensure that the same image is not started more than once
3064 writable. (It's OK to run an image multiple times
3065 simultaneously in read-only mode.)
3066
3067 * systemd-nspawn's --image= option is now capable of
3068 dissecting and booting MBR and GPT disk images that contain
3069 only a single active Linux partition. Previously it
3070 supported only GPT disk images with proper GPT type
3071 IDs. This allows running cloud images from major
3072 distributions directly with systemd-nspawn, without
3073 modification.
3074
3075 * In addition to collecting mouse dpi data in the udev
3076 hardware database, there's now support for collecting angle
3077 information for mouse scroll wheels. The database is
3078 supposed to guarantee similar scrolling behavior on mice
3079 that it knows about. There's also support for collecting
3080 information about Touchpad types.
3081
3082 * udev's input_id built-in will now also collect touch screen
3083 dimension data and attach it to probed devices.
3084
3085 * /etc/os-release gained support for a Distribution Privacy
3086 Policy link field.
3087
3088 * networkd gained support for creating "ipvlan", "gretap",
3089 "ip6gre", "ip6gretap" and "ip6tnl" network devices.
3090
3091 * systemd-tmpfiles gained support for "a" lines for setting
3092 ACLs on files.
3093
3094 * systemd-nspawn will now mount /tmp in the container to
3095 tmpfs, automatically.
3096
3097 * systemd now exposes the memory.usage_in_bytes cgroup
3098 attribute and shows it for each service in the "systemctl
3099 status" output, if available.
3100
3101 * When the user presses Ctrl-Alt-Del more than 7x within 2s an
3102 immediate reboot is triggered. This useful if shutdown is
3103 hung and is unable to complete, to expedite the
3104 operation. Note that this kind of reboot will still unmount
3105 all file systems, and hence should not result in fsck being
3106 run on next reboot.
3107
3108 * A .device unit for an optical block device will now be
3109 considered active only when a medium is in the drive. Also,
3110 mount units are now bound to their backing devices thus
3111 triggering automatic unmounting when devices become
3112 unavailable. With this in place systemd will now
3113 automatically unmount left-over mounts when a CD-ROM is
3114 ejected or an USB stick is yanked from the system.
3115
3116 * networkd-wait-online now has support for waiting for
3117 specific interfaces only (with globbing), and for giving up
3118 after a configurable timeout.
3119
3120 * networkd now exits when idle. It will be automatically
3121 restarted as soon as interfaces show up, are removed or
3122 change state. networkd will stay around as long as there is
3123 at least one DHCP state machine or similar around, that keep
3124 it non-idle.
3125
3126 * networkd may now configure IPv6 link-local addressing in
3127 addition to IPv4 link-local addressing.
3128
3129 * The IPv6 "token" for use in SLAAC may now be configured for
3130 each .network interface in networkd.
3131
3132 * Routes configured with networkd may now be assigned a scope
3133 in .network files.
3134
3135 * networkd's [Match] sections now support globbing and lists
3136 of multiple space-separated matches per item.
3137
3138 Contributions from: Alban Crequy, Alin Rauta, Andrey Chaser,
3139 Bastien Nocera, Bruno Bottazzini, Carlos Garnacho, Carlos
3140 Morata Castillo, Chris Atkinson, Chris J. Arges, Christian
3141 Kirbach, Christian Seiler, Christoph Brill, Colin Guthrie,
3142 Colin Walters, Cristian Rodríguez, Daniele Medri, Daniel Mack,
3143 Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Djalal Harouni, Erik Auerswald,
3144 Filipe Brandenburger, Frank Theile, Gabor Kelemen, Gabriel de
3145 Perthuis, Harald Hoyer, Hui Wang, Ivan Shapovalov, Jan
3146 Engelhardt, Jan Synacek, Jay Faulkner, Johannes Hölzl, Jonas
3147 Ådahl, Jonathan Boulle, Josef Andersson, Kay Sievers, Ken
3148 Werner, Lennart Poettering, Lucas De Marchi, Lukas Märdian,
3149 Lukas Nykryn, Lukasz Skalski, Luke Shumaker, Mantas Mikulėnas,
3150 Manuel Mendez, Marcel Holtmann, Marc Schmitzer, Marko
3151 Myllynen, Martin Pitt, Maxim Mikityanskiy, Michael Biebl,
3152 Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Michal Schmidt, Mindaugas
3153 Baranauskas, Moez Bouhlel, Naveen Kumar, Patrik Flykt, Paul
3154 Martin, Peter Hutterer, Peter Mattern, Philippe De Swert,
3155 Piotr Drąg, Rafael Ferreira, Rami Rosen, Robert Milasan, Ronny
3156 Chevalier, Sangjung Woo, Sebastien Bacher, Sergey Ptashnick,
3157 Shawn Landden, Stéphane Graber, Susant Sahani, Sylvain
3158 Plantefève, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tim JP, Tom
3159 Gundersen, Topi Miettinen, Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar
3160 Lindskog, Veres Lajos, Vincent Batts, WaLyong Cho, Wieland
3161 Hoffmann, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
3162
3163 — Berlin, 2015-02-16
3164
3165 CHANGES WITH 218:
3166
3167 * When querying unit file enablement status (for example via
3168 "systemctl is-enabled"), a new state "indirect" is now known
3169 which indicates that a unit might not be enabled itself, but
3170 another unit listed in its Also= setting might be.
3171
3172 * Similar to the various existing ConditionXYZ= settings for
3173 units, there are now matching AssertXYZ= settings. While
3174 failing conditions cause a unit to be skipped, but its job
3175 to succeed, failing assertions declared like this will cause
3176 a unit start operation and its job to fail.
3177
3178 * hostnamed now knows a new chassis type "embedded".
3179
3180 * systemctl gained a new "edit" command. When used on a unit
3181 file, this allows extending unit files with .d/ drop-in
3182 configuration snippets or editing the full file (after
3183 copying it from /usr/lib to /etc). This will invoke the
3184 user's editor (as configured with $EDITOR), and reload the
3185 modified configuration after editing.
3186
3187 * "systemctl status" now shows the suggested enablement state
3188 for a unit, as declared in the (usually vendor-supplied)
3189 system preset files.
3190
3191 * nss-myhostname will now resolve the single-label host name
3192 "gateway" to the locally configured default IP routing
3193 gateways, ordered by their metrics. This assigns a stable
3194 name to the used gateways, regardless which ones are
3195 currently configured. Note that the name will only be
3196 resolved after all other name sources (if nss-myhostname is
3197 configured properly) and should hence not negatively impact
3198 systems that use the single-label host name "gateway" in
3199 other contexts.
3200
3201 * systemd-inhibit now allows filtering by mode when listing
3202 inhibitors.
3203
3204 * Scope and service units gained a new "Delegate" boolean
3205 property, which, when set, allows processes running inside the
3206 unit to further partition resources. This is primarily
3207 useful for systemd user instances as well as container
3208 managers.
3209
3210 * journald will now pick up audit messages directly from
3211 the kernel, and log them like any other log message. The
3212 audit fields are split up and fully indexed. This means that
3213 journalctl in many ways is now a (nicer!) alternative to
3214 ausearch, the traditional audit client. Note that this
3215 implements only a minimal audit client. If you want the
3216 special audit modes like reboot-on-log-overflow, please use
3217 the traditional auditd instead, which can be used in
3218 parallel to journald.
3219
3220 * The ConditionSecurity= unit file option now understands the
3221 special string "audit" to check whether auditing is
3222 available.
3223
3224 * journalctl gained two new commands --vacuum-size= and
3225 --vacuum-time= to delete old journal files until the
3226 remaining ones take up no more than the specified size on disk,
3227 or are not older than the specified time.
3228
3229 * A new, native PPPoE library has been added to sd-network,
3230 systemd's library of light-weight networking protocols. This
3231 library will be used in a future version of networkd to
3232 enable PPPoE communication without an external pppd daemon.
3233
3234 * The busctl tool now understands a new "capture" verb that
3235 works similar to "monitor", but writes a packet capture
3236 trace to STDOUT that can be redirected to a file which is
3237 compatible with libcap's capture file format. This can then
3238 be loaded in Wireshark and similar tools to inspect bus
3239 communication.
3240
3241 * The busctl tool now understands a new "tree" verb that shows
3242 the object trees of a specific service on the bus, or of all
3243 services.
3244
3245 * The busctl tool now understands a new "introspect" verb that
3246 shows all interfaces and members of objects on the bus,
3247 including their signature and values. This is particularly
3248 useful to get more information about bus objects shown by
3249 the new "busctl tree" command.
3250
3251 * The busctl tool now understands new verbs "call",
3252 "set-property" and "get-property" for invoking bus method
3253 calls, setting and getting bus object properties in a
3254 friendly way.
3255
3256 * busctl gained a new --augment-creds= argument that controls
3257 whether the tool shall augment credential information it
3258 gets from the bus with data from /proc, in a possibly
3259 race-ful way.
3260
3261 * nspawn's --link-journal= switch gained two new values
3262 "try-guest" and "try-host" that work like "guest" and
3263 "host", but do not fail if the host has no persistent
3264 journalling enabled. -j is now equivalent to
3265 --link-journal=try-guest.
3266
3267 * macvlan network devices created by nspawn will now have
3268 stable MAC addresses.
3269
3270 * A new SmackProcessLabel= unit setting has been added, which
3271 controls the SMACK security label processes forked off by
3272 the respective unit shall use.
3273
3274 * If compiled with --enable-xkbcommon, systemd-localed will
3275 verify x11 keymap settings by compiling the given keymap. It
3276 will spew out warnings if the compilation fails. This
3277 requires libxkbcommon to be installed.
3278
3279 * When a coredump is collected, a larger number of metadata
3280 fields is now collected and included in the journal records
3281 created for it. More specifically, control group membership,
3282 environment variables, memory maps, working directory,
3283 chroot directory, /proc/$PID/status, and a list of open file
3284 descriptors is now stored in the log entry.
3285
3286 * The udev hwdb now contains DPI information for mice. For
3287 details see:
3288
3289 http://who-t.blogspot.de/2014/12/building-a-dpi-database-for-mice.html
3290
3291 * All systemd programs that read standalone configuration
3292 files in /etc now also support a corresponding series of
3293 .conf.d configuration directories in /etc/, /run/,
3294 /usr/local/lib/, /usr/lib/, and (if configured with
3295 --enable-split-usr) /lib/. In particular, the following
3296 configuration files now have corresponding configuration
3297 directories: system.conf user.conf, logind.conf,
3298 journald.conf, sleep.conf, bootchart.conf, coredump.conf,
3299 resolved.conf, timesyncd.conf, journal-remote.conf, and
3300 journal-upload.conf. Note that distributions should use the
3301 configuration directories in /usr/lib/; the directories in
3302 /etc/ are reserved for the system administrator.
3303
3304 * systemd-rfkill will no longer take the rfkill device name
3305 into account when storing rfkill state on disk, as the name
3306 might be dynamically assigned and not stable. Instead, the
3307 ID_PATH udev variable combined with the rfkill type (wlan,
3308 bluetooth, ...) is used.
3309
3310 * A new service systemd-machine-id-commit.service has been
3311 added. When used on systems where /etc is read-only during
3312 boot, and /etc/machine-id is not initialized (but an empty
3313 file), this service will copy the temporary machine ID
3314 created as replacement into /etc after the system is fully
3315 booted up. This is useful for systems that are freshly
3316 installed with a non-initialized machine ID, but should get
3317 a fixed machine ID for subsequent boots.
3318
3319 * networkd's .netdev files now provide a large set of
3320 configuration parameters for VXLAN devices. Similarly, the
3321 bridge port cost parameter is now configurable in .network
3322 files. There's also new support for configuring IP source
3323 routing. networkd .link files gained support for a new
3324 OriginalName= match that is useful to match against the
3325 original interface name the kernel assigned. .network files
3326 may include MTU= and MACAddress= fields for altering the MTU
3327 and MAC address while being connected to a specific network
3328 interface.
3329
3330 * The LUKS logic gained supported for configuring
3331 UUID-specific key files. There's also new support for naming
3332 LUKS device from the kernel command line, using the new
3333 luks.name= argument.
3334
3335 * Timer units may now be transiently created via the bus API
3336 (this was previously already available for scope and service
3337 units). In addition it is now possible to create multiple
3338 transient units at the same time with a single bus call. The
3339 "systemd-run" tool has been updated to make use of this for
3340 running commands on a specified time, in at(1)-style.
3341
3342 * tmpfiles gained support for "t" lines, for assigning
3343 extended attributes to files. Among other uses this may be
3344 used to assign SMACK labels to files.
3345
3346 Contributions from: Alin Rauta, Alison Chaiken, Andrej
3347 Manduch, Bastien Nocera, Chris Atkinson, Chris Leech, Chris
3348 Mayo, Colin Guthrie, Colin Walters, Cristian Rodríguez,
3349 Daniele Medri, Daniel Mack, Dan Williams, Dan Winship, Dave
3350 Reisner, David Herrmann, Didier Roche, Felipe Sateler, Gavin
3351 Li, Hans de Goede, Harald Hoyer, Iago López Galeiras, Ivan
3352 Shapovalov, Jakub Filak, Jan Janssen, Jan Synacek, Joe
3353 Lawrence, Josh Triplett, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering,
3354 Lukas Nykryn, Łukasz Stelmach, Maciej Wereski, Mantas
3355 Mikulėnas, Marcel Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Maurizio Lombardi,
3356 Michael Biebl, Michael Chapman, Michael Marineau, Michal
3357 Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Olivier Brunel, Patrik Flykt, Peter
3358 Hutterer, Przemyslaw Kedzierski, Rami Rosen, Ray Strode,
3359 Richard Schütz, Richard W.M. Jones, Ronny Chevalier, Ross
3360 Lagerwall, Sean Young, Stanisław Pitucha, Susant Sahani,
3361 Thomas Haller, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen,
3362 Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Vicente Olivert
3363 Riera, WaLyong Cho, Wesley Dawson, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
3364
3365 — Berlin, 2014-12-10
3366
3367 CHANGES WITH 217:
3368
3369 * journalctl gained the new options -t/--identifier= to match
3370 on the syslog identifier (aka "tag"), as well as --utc to
3371 show log timestamps in the UTC timezone. journalctl now also
3372 accepts -n/--lines=all to disable line capping in a pager.
3373
3374 * journalctl gained a new switch, --flush, that synchronously
3375 flushes logs from /run/log/journal to /var/log/journal if
3376 persistent storage is enabled. systemd-journal-flush.service
3377 now waits until the operation is complete.
3378
3379 * Services can notify the manager before they start a reload
3380 (by sending RELOADING=1) or shutdown (by sending
3381 STOPPING=1). This allows the manager to track and show the
3382 internal state of daemons and closes a race condition when
3383 the process is still running but has closed its D-Bus
3384 connection.
3385
3386 * Services with Type=oneshot do not have to have any ExecStart
3387 commands anymore.
3388
3389 * User units are now loaded also from
3390 $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR/systemd/user/. This is similar to the
3391 /run/systemd/user directory that was already previously
3392 supported, but is under the control of the user.
3393
3394 * Job timeouts (i.e. time-outs on the time a job that is
3395 queued stays in the run queue) can now optionally result in
3396 immediate reboot or power-off actions (JobTimeoutAction= and
3397 JobTimeoutRebootArgument=). This is useful on ".target"
3398 units, to limit the maximum time a target remains
3399 undispatched in the run queue, and to trigger an emergency
3400 operation in such a case. This is now used by default to
3401 turn off the system if boot-up (as defined by everything in
3402 basic.target) hangs and does not complete for at least
3403 15min. Also, if power-off or reboot hang for at least 30min
3404 an immediate power-off/reboot operation is triggered. This
3405 functionality is particularly useful to increase reliability
3406 on embedded devices, but also on laptops which might
3407 accidentally get powered on when carried in a backpack and
3408 whose boot stays stuck in a hard disk encryption passphrase
3409 question.
3410
3411 * systemd-logind can be configured to also handle lid switch
3412 events even when the machine is docked or multiple displays
3413 are attached (HandleLidSwitchDocked= option).
3414
3415 * A helper binary and a service have been added which can be
3416 used to resume from hibernation in the initramfs. A
3417 generator will parse the resume= option on the kernel
3418 command line to trigger resume.
3419
3420 * A user console daemon systemd-consoled has been
3421 added. Currently, it is a preview, and will so far open a
3422 single terminal on each session of the user marked as
3423 Desktop=systemd-console.
3424
3425 * Route metrics can be specified for DHCP routes added by
3426 systemd-networkd.
3427
3428 * The SELinux context of socket-activated services can be set
3429 from the information provided by the networking stack
3430 (SELinuxContextFromNet= option).
3431
3432 * Userspace firmware loading support has been removed and
3433 the minimum supported kernel version is thus bumped to 3.7.
3434
3435 * Timeout for udev workers has been increased from 1 to 3
3436 minutes, but a warning will be printed after 1 minute to
3437 help diagnose kernel modules that take a long time to load.
3438
3439 * Udev rules can now remove tags on devices with TAG-="foobar".
3440
3441 * systemd's readahead implementation has been removed. In many
3442 circumstances it didn't give expected benefits even for
3443 rotational disk drives and was becoming less relevant in the
3444 age of SSDs. As none of the developers has been using
3445 rotating media anymore, and nobody stepped up to actively
3446 maintain this component of systemd it has now been removed.
3447
3448 * Swap units can use Options= to specify discard options.
3449 Discard options specified for swaps in /etc/fstab are now
3450 respected.
3451
3452 * Docker containers are now detected as a separate type of
3453 virtualization.
3454
3455 * The Password Agent protocol gained support for queries where
3456 the user input is shown, useful e.g. for user names.
3457 systemd-ask-password gained a new --echo option to turn that
3458 on.
3459
3460 * The default sysctl.d/ snippets will now set:
3461
3462 net.core.default_qdisc = fq_codel
3463
3464 This selects Fair Queuing Controlled Delay as the default
3465 queuing discipline for network interfaces. fq_codel helps
3466 fight the network bufferbloat problem. It is believed to be
3467 a good default with no tuning required for most workloads.
3468 Downstream distributions may override this choice. On 10Gbit
3469 servers that do not do forwarding, "fq" may perform better.
3470 Systems without a good clocksource should use "pfifo_fast".
3471
3472 * If kdbus is enabled during build a new option BusPolicy= is
3473 available for service units, that allows locking all service
3474 processes into a stricter bus policy, in order to limit
3475 access to various bus services, or even hide most of them
3476 from the service's view entirely.
3477
3478 * networkctl will now show the .network and .link file
3479 networkd has applied to a specific interface.
3480
3481 * sd-login gained a new API call sd_session_get_desktop() to
3482 query which desktop environment has been selected for a
3483 session.
3484
3485 * UNIX utmp support is now compile-time optional to support
3486 legacy-free systems.
3487
3488 * systemctl gained two new commands "add-wants" and
3489 "add-requires" for pulling in units from specific targets
3490 easily.
3491
3492 * If the word "rescue" is specified on the kernel command line
3493 the system will now boot into rescue mode (aka
3494 rescue.target), which was previously available only by
3495 specifying "1" or "systemd.unit=rescue.target" on the kernel
3496 command line. This new kernel command line option nicely
3497 mirrors the already existing "emergency" kernel command line
3498 option.
3499
3500 * New kernel command line options mount.usr=, mount.usrflags=,
3501 mount.usrfstype= have been added that match root=, rootflags=,
3502 rootfstype= but allow mounting a specific file system to
3503 /usr.
3504
3505 * The $NOTIFY_SOCKET is now also passed to control processes of
3506 services, not only the main process.
3507
3508 * This version reenables support for fsck's -l switch. This
3509 means at least version v2.25 of util-linux is required for
3510 operation, otherwise dead-locks on device nodes may
3511 occur. Again: you need to update util-linux to at least
3512 v2.25 when updating systemd to v217.
3513
3514 * The "multi-seat-x" tool has been removed from systemd, as
3515 its functionality has been integrated into X servers 1.16,
3516 and the tool is hence redundant. It is recommended to update
3517 display managers invoking this tool to simply invoke X
3518 directly from now on, again.
3519
3520 * Support for the new ALLOW_INTERACTIVE_AUTHORIZATION D-Bus
3521 message flag has been added for all of systemd's PolicyKit
3522 authenticated method calls has been added. In particular
3523 this now allows optional interactive authorization via
3524 PolicyKit for many of PID1's privileged operations such as
3525 unit file enabling and disabling.
3526
3527 * "udevadm hwdb --update" learnt a new switch "--usr" for
3528 placing the rebuilt hardware database in /usr instead of
3529 /etc. When used only hardware database entries stored in
3530 /usr will be used, and any user database entries in /etc are
3531 ignored. This functionality is useful for vendors to ship a
3532 pre-built database on systems where local configuration is
3533 unnecessary or unlikely.
3534
3535 * Calendar time specifications in .timer units now also
3536 understand the strings "semi-annually", "quarterly" and
3537 "minutely" as shortcuts (in addition to the preexisting
3538 "anually", "hourly", ...).
3539
3540 * systemd-tmpfiles will now correctly create files in /dev
3541 at boot which are marked for creation only at boot. It is
3542 recommended to always create static device nodes with 'c!'
3543 and 'b!', so that they are created only at boot and not
3544 overwritten at runtime.
3545
3546 * When the watchdog logic is used for a service (WatchdogSec=)
3547 and the watchdog timeout is hit the service will now be
3548 terminated with SIGABRT (instead of just SIGTERM), in order
3549 to make sure a proper coredump and backtrace is
3550 generated. This ensures that hanging services will result in
3551 similar coredump/backtrace behaviour as services that hit a
3552 segmentation fault.
3553
3554 Contributions from: Andreas Henriksson, Andrei Borzenkov,
3555 Angus Gibson, Ansgar Burchardt, Ben Wolsieffer, Brandon L.
3556 Black, Christian Hesse, Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Buch,
3557 Daniele Medri, Daniel Mack, Dan Williams, Dave Reisner, David
3558 Herrmann, David Sommerseth, David Strauss, Emil Renner
3559 Berthing, Eric Cook, Evangelos Foutras, Filipe Brandenburger,
3560 Gustavo Sverzut Barbieri, Hans de Goede, Harald Hoyer, Hristo
3561 Venev, Hugo Grostabussiat, Ivan Shapovalov, Jan Janssen, Jan
3562 Synacek, Jonathan Liu, Juho Son, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers, Klaus
3563 Purer, Koen Kooi, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Lukasz
3564 Skalski, Łukasz Stelmach, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel Holtmann,
3565 Marius Tessmann, Marko Myllynen, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl,
3566 Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Michael Scherer, Michal
3567 Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Miroslav Lichvar, Patrik Flykt,
3568 Philippe De Swert, Piotr Drąg, Rahul Sundaram, Richard
3569 Weinberger, Robert Milasan, Ronny Chevalier, Ruben Kerkhof,
3570 Santiago Vila, Sergey Ptashnick, Simon McVittie, Sjoerd
3571 Simons, Stefan Brüns, Steven Allen, Steven Noonan, Susant
3572 Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen,
3573 Timofey Titovets, Tobias Hunger, Tom Gundersen, Torstein
3574 Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, WaLyong Cho, Zbigniew
3575 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
3576
3577 — Berlin, 2014-10-28
3578
3579 CHANGES WITH 216:
3580
3581 * timedated no longer reads NTP implementation unit names from
3582 /usr/lib/systemd/ntp-units.d/*.list. Alternative NTP
3583 implementations should add a
3584
3585 Conflicts=systemd-timesyncd.service
3586
3587 to their unit files to take over and replace systemd's NTP
3588 default functionality.
3589
3590 * systemd-sysusers gained a new line type "r" for configuring
3591 which UID/GID ranges to allocate system users/groups
3592 from. Lines of type "u" may now add an additional column
3593 that specifies the home directory for the system user to be
3594 created. Also, systemd-sysusers may now optionally read user
3595 information from STDIN instead of a file. This is useful for
3596 invoking it from RPM preinst scriptlets that need to create
3597 users before the first RPM file is installed since these
3598 files might need to be owned by them. A new
3599 %sysusers_create_inline RPM macro has been introduced to do
3600 just that. systemd-sysusers now updates the shadow files as
3601 well as the user/group databases, which should enhance
3602 compatibility with certain tools like grpck.
3603
3604 * A number of bus APIs of PID 1 now optionally consult
3605 PolicyKit to permit access for otherwise unprivileged
3606 clients under certain conditions. Note that this currently
3607 doesn't support interactive authentication yet, but this is
3608 expected to be added eventually, too.
3609
3610 * /etc/machine-info now has new fields for configuring the
3611 deployment environment of the machine, as well as the
3612 location of the machine. hostnamectl has been updated with
3613 new command to update these fields.
3614
3615 * systemd-timesyncd has been updated to automatically acquire
3616 NTP server information from systemd-networkd, which might
3617 have been discovered via DHCP.
3618
3619 * systemd-resolved now includes a caching DNS stub resolver
3620 and a complete LLMNR name resolution implementation. A new
3621 NSS module "nss-resolve" has been added which can be used
3622 instead of glibc's own "nss-dns" to resolve hostnames via
3623 systemd-resolved. Hostnames, addresses and arbitrary RRs may
3624 be resolved via systemd-resolved D-Bus APIs. In contrast to
3625 the glibc internal resolver systemd-resolved is aware of
3626 multi-homed system, and keeps DNS server and caches separate
3627 and per-interface. Queries are sent simultaneously on all
3628 interfaces that have DNS servers configured, in order to
3629 properly handle VPNs and local LANs which might resolve
3630 separate sets of domain names. systemd-resolved may acquire
3631 DNS server information from systemd-networkd automatically,
3632 which in turn might have discovered them via DHCP. A tool
3633 "systemd-resolve-host" has been added that may be used to
3634 query the DNS logic in resolved. systemd-resolved implements
3635 IDNA and automatically uses IDNA or UTF-8 encoding depending
3636 on whether classic DNS or LLMNR is used as transport. In the
3637 next releases we intend to add a DNSSEC and mDNS/DNS-SD
3638 implementation to systemd-resolved.
3639
3640 * A new NSS module nss-mymachines has been added, that
3641 automatically resolves the names of all local registered
3642 containers to their respective IP addresses.
3643
3644 * A new client tool "networkctl" for systemd-networkd has been
3645 added. It currently is entirely passive and will query
3646 networking configuration from udev, rtnetlink and networkd,
3647 and present it to the user in a very friendly
3648 way. Eventually, we hope to extend it to become a full
3649 control utility for networkd.
3650
3651 * .socket units gained a new DeferAcceptSec= setting that
3652 controls the kernels' TCP_DEFER_ACCEPT sockopt for
3653 TCP. Similarly, support for controlling TCP keep-alive
3654 settings has been added (KeepAliveTimeSec=,
3655 KeepAliveIntervalSec=, KeepAliveProbes=). Also, support for
3656 turning off Nagle's algorithm on TCP has been added
3657 (NoDelay=).
3658
3659 * logind learned a new session type "web", for use in projects
3660 like Cockpit which register web clients as PAM sessions.
3661
3662 * timer units with at least one OnCalendar= setting will now
3663 be started only after time-sync.target has been
3664 reached. This way they will not elapse before the system
3665 clock has been corrected by a local NTP client or
3666 similar. This is particular useful on RTC-less embedded
3667 machines, that come up with an invalid system clock.
3668
3669 * systemd-nspawn's --network-veth= switch should now result in
3670 stable MAC addresses for both the outer and the inner side
3671 of the link.
3672
3673 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --volatile= switch for running
3674 container instances with /etc or /var unpopulated.
3675
3676 * The kdbus client code has been updated to use the new Linux
3677 3.17 memfd subsystem instead of the old kdbus-specific one.
3678
3679 * systemd-networkd's DHCP client and server now support
3680 FORCERENEW. There are also new configuration options to
3681 configure the vendor client identifier and broadcast mode
3682 for DHCP.
3683
3684 * systemd will no longer inform the kernel about the current
3685 timezone, as this is necessarily incorrect and racy as the
3686 kernel has no understanding of DST and similar
3687 concepts. This hence means FAT timestamps will be always
3688 considered UTC, similar to what Android is already
3689 doing. Also, when the RTC is configured to the local time
3690 (rather than UTC) systemd will never synchronize back to it,
3691 as this might confuse Windows at a later boot.
3692
3693 * systemd-analyze gained a new command "verify" for offline
3694 validation of unit files.
3695
3696 * systemd-networkd gained support for a couple of additional
3697 settings for bonding networking setups. Also, the metric for
3698 statically configured routes may now be configured. For
3699 network interfaces where this is appropriate the peer IP
3700 address may now be configured.
3701
3702 * systemd-networkd's DHCP client will no longer request
3703 broadcasting by default, as this tripped up some networks.
3704 For hardware where broadcast is required the feature should
3705 be switched back on using RequestBroadcast=yes.
3706
3707 * systemd-networkd will now set up IPv4LL addresses (when
3708 enabled) even if DHCP is configured successfully.
3709
3710 * udev will now default to respect network device names given
3711 by the kernel when the kernel indicates that these are
3712 predictable. This behavior can be tweaked by changing
3713 NamePolicy= in the relevant .link file.
3714
3715 * A new library systemd-terminal has been added that
3716 implements full TTY stream parsing and rendering. This
3717 library is supposed to be used later on for implementing a
3718 full userspace VT subsystem, replacing the current kernel
3719 implementation.
3720
3721 * A new tool systemd-journal-upload has been added to push
3722 journal data to a remote system running
3723 systemd-journal-remote.
3724
3725 * journald will no longer forward all local data to another
3726 running syslog daemon. This change has been made because
3727 rsyslog (which appears to be the most commonly used syslog
3728 implementation these days) no longer makes use of this, and
3729 instead pulls the data out of the journal on its own. Since
3730 forwarding the messages to a non-existent syslog server is
3731 more expensive than we assumed we have now turned this
3732 off. If you run a syslog server that is not a recent rsyslog
3733 version, you have to turn this option on again
3734 (ForwardToSyslog= in journald.conf).
3735
3736 * journald now optionally supports the LZ4 compressor for
3737 larger journal fields. This compressor should perform much
3738 better than XZ which was the previous default.
3739
3740 * machinectl now shows the IP addresses of local containers,
3741 if it knows them, plus the interface name of the container.
3742
3743 * A new tool "systemd-escape" has been added that makes it
3744 easy to escape strings to build unit names and similar.
3745
3746 * sd_notify() messages may now include a new ERRNO= field
3747 which is parsed and collected by systemd and shown among the
3748 "systemctl status" output for a service.
3749
3750 * A new component "systemd-firstboot" has been added that
3751 queries the most basic systemd information (timezone,
3752 hostname, root password) interactively on first
3753 boot. Alternatively it may also be used to provision these
3754 things offline on OS images installed into directories.
3755
3756 * The default sysctl.d/ snippets will now set
3757
3758 net.ipv4.conf.default.promote_secondaries=1
3759
3760 This has the benefit of no flushing secondary IP addresses
3761 when primary addresses are removed.
3762
3763 Contributions from: Ansgar Burchardt, Bastien Nocera, Colin
3764 Walters, Dan Dedrick, Daniel Buch, Daniel Korostil, Daniel
3765 Mack, Dan Williams, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Denis
3766 Kenzior, Eelco Dolstra, Eric Cook, Hannes Reinecke, Harald
3767 Hoyer, Hong Shick Pak, Hui Wang, Jean-André Santoni, Jóhann
3768 B. Guðmundsson, Jon Severinsson, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers, Kevin
3769 Wells, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas,
3770 Marc-Antoine Perennou, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael
3771 Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar,
3772 Miguel Angel Ajo, Mike Gilbert, Olivier Brunel, Robert
3773 Schiele, Ronny Chevalier, Simon McVittie, Sjoerd Simons, Stef
3774 Walter, Steven Noonan, Susant Sahani, Tanu Kaskinen, Thomas
3775 Blume, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Timofey Titovets,
3776 Tobias Geerinckx-Rice, Tomasz Torcz, Tom Gundersen, Umut
3777 Tezduyar Lindskog, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
3778
3779 — Berlin, 2014-08-19
3780
3781 CHANGES WITH 215:
3782
3783 * A new tool systemd-sysusers has been added. This tool
3784 creates system users and groups in /etc/passwd and
3785 /etc/group, based on static declarative system user/group
3786 definitions in /usr/lib/sysusers.d/. This is useful to
3787 enable factory resets and volatile systems that boot up with
3788 an empty /etc directory, and thus need system users and
3789 groups created during early boot. systemd now also ships
3790 with two default sysusers.d/ files for the most basic
3791 users and groups systemd and the core operating system
3792 require.
3793
3794 * A new tmpfiles snippet has been added that rebuilds the
3795 essential files in /etc on boot, should they be missing.
3796
3797 * A directive for ensuring automatic clean-up of
3798 /var/cache/man/ has been removed from the default
3799 configuration. This line should now be shipped by the man
3800 implementation. The necessary change has been made to the
3801 man-db implementation. Note that you need to update your man
3802 implementation to one that ships this line, otherwise no
3803 automatic clean-up of /var/cache/man will take place.
3804
3805 * A new condition ConditionNeedsUpdate= has been added that
3806 may conditionalize services to only run when /etc or /var
3807 are "older" than the vendor operating system resources in
3808 /usr. This is useful for reconstructing or updating /etc
3809 after an offline update of /usr or a factory reset, on the
3810 next reboot. Services that want to run once after such an
3811 update or reset should use this condition and order
3812 themselves before the new systemd-update-done.service, which
3813 will mark the two directories as fully updated. A number of
3814 service files have been added making use of this, to rebuild
3815 the udev hardware database, the journald message catalog and
3816 dynamic loader cache (ldconfig). The systemd-sysusers tool
3817 described above also makes use of this now. With this in
3818 place it is now possible to start up a minimal operating
3819 system with /etc empty cleanly. For more information on the
3820 concepts involved see this recent blog story:
3821
3822 http://0pointer.de/blog/projects/stateless.html
3823
3824 * A new system group "input" has been introduced, and all
3825 input device nodes get this group assigned. This is useful
3826 for system-level software to get access to input devices. It
3827 complements what is already done for "audio" and "video".
3828
3829 * systemd-networkd learnt minimal DHCPv4 server support in
3830 addition to the existing DHCPv4 client support. It also
3831 learnt DHCPv6 client and IPv6 Router Solicitation client
3832 support. The DHCPv4 client gained support for static routes
3833 passed in from the server. Note that the [DHCPv4] section
3834 known in older systemd-networkd versions has been renamed to
3835 [DHCP] and is now also used by the DHCPv6 client. Existing
3836 .network files using settings of this section should be
3837 updated, though compatibility is maintained. Optionally, the
3838 client hostname may now be sent to the DHCP server.
3839
3840 * networkd gained support for vxlan virtual networks as well
3841 as tun/tap and dummy devices.
3842
3843 * networkd gained support for automatic allocation of address
3844 ranges for interfaces from a system-wide pool of
3845 addresses. This is useful for dynamically managing a large
3846 number of interfaces with a single network configuration
3847 file. In particular this is useful to easily assign
3848 appropriate IP addresses to the veth links of a large number
3849 of nspawn instances.
3850
3851 * RPM macros for processing sysusers, sysctl and binfmt
3852 drop-in snippets at package installation time have been
3853 added.
3854
3855 * The /etc/os-release file should now be placed in
3856 /usr/lib/os-release. The old location is automatically
3857 created as symlink. /usr/lib is the more appropriate
3858 location of this file, since it shall actually describe the
3859 vendor operating system shipped in /usr, and not the
3860 configuration stored in /etc.
3861
3862 * .mount units gained a new boolean SloppyOptions= setting
3863 that maps to mount(8)'s -s option which enables permissive
3864 parsing of unknown mount options.
3865
3866 * tmpfiles learnt a new "L+" directive which creates a symlink
3867 but (unlike "L") deletes a pre-existing file first, should
3868 it already exist and not already be the correct
3869 symlink. Similarly, "b+", "c+" and "p+" directives have been
3870 added as well, which create block and character devices, as
3871 well as fifos in the filesystem, possibly removing any
3872 pre-existing files of different types.
3873
3874 * For tmpfiles' "L", "L+", "C" and "C+" directives the final
3875 'argument' field (which so far specified the source to
3876 symlink/copy the files from) is now optional. If omitted the
3877 same file os copied from /usr/share/factory/ suffixed by the
3878 full destination path. This is useful for populating /etc
3879 with essential files, by copying them from vendor defaults
3880 shipped in /usr/share/factory/etc.
3881
3882 * A new command "systemctl preset-all" has been added that
3883 applies the service preset settings to all installed unit
3884 files. A new switch --preset-mode= has been added that
3885 controls whether only enable or only disable operations
3886 shall be executed.
3887
3888 * A new command "systemctl is-system-running" has been added
3889 that allows checking the overall state of the system, for
3890 example whether it is fully up and running.
3891
3892 * When the system boots up with an empty /etc, the equivalent
3893 to "systemctl preset-all" is executed during early boot, to
3894 make sure all default services are enabled after a factory
3895 reset.
3896
3897 * systemd now contains a minimal preset file that enables the
3898 most basic services systemd ships by default.
3899
3900 * Unit files' [Install] section gained a new DefaultInstance=
3901 field for defining the default instance to create if a
3902 template unit is enabled with no instance specified.
3903
3904 * A new passive target cryptsetup-pre.target has been added
3905 that may be used by services that need to make they run and
3906 finish before the first LUKS cryptographic device is set up.
3907
3908 * The /dev/loop-control and /dev/btrfs-control device nodes
3909 are now owned by the "disk" group by default, opening up
3910 access to this group.
3911
3912 * systemd-coredump will now automatically generate a
3913 stack trace of all core dumps taking place on the system,
3914 based on elfutils' libdw library. This stack trace is logged
3915 to the journal.
3916
3917 * systemd-coredump may now optionally store coredumps directly
3918 on disk (in /var/lib/systemd/coredump, possibly compressed),
3919 instead of storing them unconditionally in the journal. This
3920 mode is the new default. A new configuration file
3921 /etc/systemd/coredump.conf has been added to configure this
3922 and other parameters of systemd-coredump.
3923
3924 * coredumpctl gained a new "info" verb to show details about a
3925 specific coredump. A new switch "-1" has also been added
3926 that makes sure to only show information about the most
3927 recent entry instead of all entries. Also, as the tool is
3928 generally useful now the "systemd-" prefix of the binary
3929 name has been removed. Distributions that want to maintain
3930 compatibility with the old name should add a symlink from
3931 the old name to the new name.
3932
3933 * journald's SplitMode= now defaults to "uid". This makes sure
3934 that unprivileged users can access their own coredumps with
3935 coredumpctl without restrictions.
3936
3937 * New kernel command line options "systemd.wants=" (for
3938 pulling an additional unit during boot), "systemd.mask="
3939 (for masking a specific unit for the boot), and
3940 "systemd.debug-shell" (for enabling the debug shell on tty9)
3941 have been added. This is implemented in the new generator
3942 "systemd-debug-generator".
3943
3944 * systemd-nspawn will now by default filter a couple of
3945 syscalls for containers, among them those required for
3946 kernel module loading, direct x86 IO port access, swap
3947 management, and kexec. Most importantly though
3948 open_by_handle_at() is now prohibited for containers,
3949 closing a hole similar to a recently discussed vulnerability
3950 in docker regarding access to files on file hierarchies the
3951 container should normally not have access to. Note that, for
3952 nspawn, we generally make no security claims anyway (and
3953 this is explicitly documented in the man page), so this is
3954 just a fix for one of the most obvious problems.
3955
3956 * A new man page file-hierarchy(7) has been added that
3957 contains a minimized, modernized version of the file system
3958 layout systemd expects, similar in style to the FHS
3959 specification or hier(5). A new tool systemd-path(1) has
3960 been added to query many of these paths for the local
3961 machine and user.
3962
3963 * Automatic time-based clean-up of $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR is no
3964 longer done. Since the directory now has a per-user size
3965 limit, and is cleaned on logout this appears unnecessary,
3966 in particular since this now brings the lifecycle of this
3967 directory closer in line with how IPC objects are handled.
3968
3969 * systemd.pc now exports a number of additional directories,
3970 including $libdir (which is useful to identify the library
3971 path for the primary architecture of the system), and a
3972 couple of drop-in directories.
3973
3974 * udev's predictable network interface names now use the dev_port
3975 sysfs attribute, introduced in linux 3.15 instead of dev_id to
3976 distinguish between ports of the same PCI function. dev_id should
3977 only be used for ports using the same HW address, hence the need
3978 for dev_port.
3979
3980 * machined has been updated to export the OS version of a
3981 container (read from /etc/os-release and
3982 /usr/lib/os-release) on the bus. This is now shown in
3983 "machinectl status" for a machine.
3984
3985 * A new service setting RestartForceExitStatus= has been
3986 added. If configured to a set of exit signals or process
3987 return values, the service will be restarted when the main
3988 daemon process exits with any of them, regardless of the
3989 Restart= setting.
3990
3991 * systemctl's -H switch for connecting to remote systemd
3992 machines has been extended so that it may be used to
3993 directly connect to a specific container on the
3994 host. "systemctl -H root@foobar:waldi" will now connect as
3995 user "root" to host "foobar", and then proceed directly to
3996 the container named "waldi". Note that currently you have to
3997 authenticate as user "root" for this to work, as entering
3998 containers is a privileged operation.
3999
4000 Contributions from: Andreas Henriksson, Benjamin Steinwender,
4001 Carl Schaefer, Christian Hesse, Colin Ian King, Cristian
4002 Rodríguez, Daniel Mack, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Eugene
4003 Yakubovich, Filipe Brandenburger, Frederic Crozat, Hristo
4004 Venev, Jan Engelhardt, Jonathan Boulle, Kay Sievers, Lennart
4005 Poettering, Luke Shumaker, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Antoine
4006 Perennou, Marcel Holtmann, Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich,
4007 Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Michal Sekletar, Patrik Flykt, Ronan Le
4008 Martret, Ronny Chevalier, Ruediger Oertel, Steven Noonan,
4009 Susant Sahani, Thadeu Lima de Souza Cascardo, Thomas Hindoe
4010 Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Tom Hirst, Umut Tezduyar
4011 Lindskog, Uoti Urpala, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
4012
4013 — Berlin, 2014-07-03
4014
4015 CHANGES WITH 214:
4016
4017 * As an experimental feature, udev now tries to lock the
4018 disk device node (flock(LOCK_SH|LOCK_NB)) while it
4019 executes events for the disk or any of its partitions.
4020 Applications like partitioning programs can lock the
4021 disk device node (flock(LOCK_EX)) and claim temporary
4022 device ownership that way; udev will entirely skip all event
4023 handling for this disk and its partitions. If the disk
4024 was opened for writing, the close will trigger a partition
4025 table rescan in udev's "watch" facility, and if needed
4026 synthesize "change" events for the disk and all its partitions.
4027 This is now unconditionally enabled, and if it turns out to
4028 cause major problems, we might turn it on only for specific
4029 devices, or might need to disable it entirely. Device Mapper
4030 devices are excluded from this logic.
4031
4032 * We temporarily dropped the "-l" switch for fsck invocations,
4033 since they collide with the flock() logic above. util-linux
4034 upstream has been changed already to avoid this conflict,
4035 and we will readd "-l" as soon as util-linux with this
4036 change has been released.
4037
4038 * The dependency on libattr has been removed. Since a long
4039 time, the extended attribute calls have moved to glibc, and
4040 libattr is thus unnecessary.
4041
4042 * Virtualization detection works without privileges now. This
4043 means the systemd-detect-virt binary no longer requires
4044 CAP_SYS_PTRACE file capabilities, and our daemons can run
4045 with fewer privileges.
4046
4047 * systemd-networkd now runs under its own "systemd-network"
4048 user. It retains the CAP_NET_ADMIN, CAP_NET_BIND_SERVICE,
4049 CAP_NET_BROADCAST, CAP_NET_RAW capabilities though, but
4050 loses the ability to write to files owned by root this way.
4051
4052 * Similarly, systemd-resolved now runs under its own
4053 "systemd-resolve" user with no capabilities remaining.
4054
4055 * Similarly, systemd-bus-proxyd now runs under its own
4056 "systemd-bus-proxy" user with only CAP_IPC_OWNER remaining.
4057
4058 * systemd-networkd gained support for setting up "veth"
4059 virtual Ethernet devices for container connectivity, as well
4060 as GRE and VTI tunnels.
4061
4062 * systemd-networkd will no longer automatically attempt to
4063 manually load kernel modules necessary for certain tunnel
4064 transports. Instead, it is assumed the kernel loads them
4065 automatically when required. This only works correctly on
4066 very new kernels. On older kernels, please consider adding
4067 the kernel modules to /etc/modules-load.d/ as a work-around.
4068
4069 * The resolv.conf file systemd-resolved generates has been
4070 moved to /run/systemd/resolve/. If you have a symlink from
4071 /etc/resolv.conf, it might be necessary to correct it.
4072
4073 * Two new service settings, ProtectHome= and ProtectSystem=,
4074 have been added. When enabled, they will make the user data
4075 (such as /home) inaccessible or read-only and the system
4076 (such as /usr) read-only, for specific services. This allows
4077 very light-weight per-service sandboxing to avoid
4078 modifications of user data or system files from
4079 services. These two new switches have been enabled for all
4080 of systemd's long-running services, where appropriate.
4081
4082 * Socket units gained new SocketUser= and SocketGroup=
4083 settings to set the owner user and group of AF_UNIX sockets
4084 and FIFOs in the file system.
4085
4086 * Socket units gained a new RemoveOnStop= setting. If enabled,
4087 all FIFOS and sockets in the file system will be removed
4088 when the specific socket unit is stopped.
4089
4090 * Socket units gained a new Symlinks= setting. It takes a list
4091 of symlinks to create to file system sockets or FIFOs
4092 created by the specific Unix sockets. This is useful to
4093 manage symlinks to socket nodes with the same life-cycle as
4094 the socket itself.
4095
4096 * The /dev/log socket and /dev/initctl FIFO have been moved to
4097 /run, and have been replaced by symlinks. This allows
4098 connecting to these facilities even if PrivateDevices=yes is
4099 used for a service (which makes /dev/log itself unavailable,
4100 but /run is left). This also has the benefit of ensuring
4101 that /dev only contains device nodes, directories and
4102 symlinks, and nothing else.
4103
4104 * sd-daemon gained two new calls sd_pid_notify() and
4105 sd_pid_notifyf(). They are similar to sd_notify() and
4106 sd_notifyf(), but allow overriding of the source PID of
4107 notification messages if permissions permit this. This is
4108 useful to send notify messages on behalf of a different
4109 process (for example, the parent process). The
4110 systemd-notify tool has been updated to make use of this
4111 when sending messages (so that notification messages now
4112 originate from the shell script invoking systemd-notify and
4113 not the systemd-notify process itself. This should minimize
4114 a race where systemd fails to associate notification
4115 messages to services when the originating process already
4116 vanished.
4117
4118 * A new "on-abnormal" setting for Restart= has been added. If
4119 set, it will result in automatic restarts on all "abnormal"
4120 reasons for a process to exit, which includes unclean
4121 signals, core dumps, timeouts and watchdog timeouts, but
4122 does not include clean and unclean exit codes or clean
4123 signals. Restart=on-abnormal is an alternative for
4124 Restart=on-failure for services that shall be able to
4125 terminate and avoid restarts on certain errors, by
4126 indicating so with an unclean exit code. Restart=on-failure
4127 or Restart=on-abnormal is now the recommended setting for
4128 all long-running services.
4129
4130 * If the InaccessibleDirectories= service setting points to a
4131 mount point (or if there are any submounts contained within
4132 it), it is now attempted to completely unmount it, to make
4133 the file systems truly unavailable for the respective
4134 service.
4135
4136 * The ReadOnlyDirectories= service setting and
4137 systemd-nspawn's --read-only parameter are now recursively
4138 applied to all submounts, too.
4139
4140 * Mount units may now be created transiently via the bus APIs.
4141
4142 * The support for SysV and LSB init scripts has been removed
4143 from the systemd daemon itself. Instead, it is now
4144 implemented as a generator that creates native systemd units
4145 from these scripts when needed. This enables us to remove a
4146 substantial amount of legacy code from PID 1, following the
4147 fact that many distributions only ship a very small number
4148 of LSB/SysV init scripts nowadays.
4149
4150 * Privileged Xen (dom0) domains are not considered
4151 virtualization anymore by the virtualization detection
4152 logic. After all, they generally have unrestricted access to
4153 the hardware and usually are used to manage the unprivileged
4154 (domU) domains.
4155
4156 * systemd-tmpfiles gained a new "C" line type, for copying
4157 files or entire directories.
4158
4159 * systemd-tmpfiles "m" lines are now fully equivalent to "z"
4160 lines. So far, they have been non-globbing versions of the
4161 latter, and have thus been redundant. In future, it is
4162 recommended to only use "z". "m" has hence been removed
4163 from the documentation, even though it stays supported.
4164
4165 * A tmpfiles snippet to recreate the most basic structure in
4166 /var has been added. This is enough to create the /var/run →
4167 /run symlink and create a couple of structural
4168 directories. This allows systems to boot up with an empty or
4169 volatile /var. Of course, while with this change, the core OS
4170 now is capable with dealing with a volatile /var, not all
4171 user services are ready for it. However, we hope that sooner
4172 or later, many service daemons will be changed upstream so
4173 that they are able to automatically create their necessary
4174 directories in /var at boot, should they be missing. This is
4175 the first step to allow state-less systems that only require
4176 the vendor image for /usr to boot.
4177
4178 * systemd-nspawn has gained a new --tmpfs= switch to mount an
4179 empty tmpfs instance to a specific directory. This is
4180 particularly useful for making use of the automatic
4181 reconstruction of /var (see above), by passing --tmpfs=/var.
4182
4183 * Access modes specified in tmpfiles snippets may now be
4184 prefixed with "~", which indicates that they shall be masked
4185 by whether the existing file or directory is currently
4186 writable, readable or executable at all. Also, if specified,
4187 the sgid/suid/sticky bits will be masked for all
4188 non-directories.
4189
4190 * A new passive target unit "network-pre.target" has been
4191 added which is useful for services that shall run before any
4192 network is configured, for example firewall scripts.
4193
4194 * The "floppy" group that previously owned the /dev/fd*
4195 devices is no longer used. The "disk" group is now used
4196 instead. Distributions should probably deprecate usage of
4197 this group.
4198
4199 Contributions from: Camilo Aguilar, Christian Hesse, Colin Ian
4200 King, Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Buch, Dave Reisner, David
4201 Strauss, Denis Tikhomirov, John, Jonathan Liu, Kay Sievers,
4202 Lennart Poettering, Mantas Mikulėnas, Mark Eichin, Ronny
4203 Chevalier, Susant Sahani, Thomas Blume, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel
4204 Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Zbigniew
4205 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
4206
4207 — Berlin, 2014-06-11
4208
4209 CHANGES WITH 213:
4210
4211 * A new "systemd-timesyncd" daemon has been added for
4212 synchronizing the system clock across the network. It
4213 implements an SNTP client. In contrast to NTP
4214 implementations such as chrony or the NTP reference server,
4215 this only implements a client side, and does not bother with
4216 the full NTP complexity, focusing only on querying time from
4217 one remote server and synchronizing the local clock to
4218 it. Unless you intend to serve NTP to networked clients or
4219 want to connect to local hardware clocks, this simple NTP
4220 client should be more than appropriate for most
4221 installations. The daemon runs with minimal privileges, and
4222 has been hooked up with networkd to only operate when
4223 network connectivity is available. The daemon saves the
4224 current clock to disk every time a new NTP sync has been
4225 acquired, and uses this to possibly correct the system clock
4226 early at bootup, in order to accommodate for systems that
4227 lack an RTC such as the Raspberry Pi and embedded devices,
4228 and to make sure that time monotonically progresses on these
4229 systems, even if it is not always correct. To make use of
4230 this daemon, a new system user and group "systemd-timesync"
4231 needs to be created on installation of systemd.
4232
4233 * The queue "seqnum" interface of libudev has been disabled, as
4234 it was generally incompatible with device namespacing as
4235 sequence numbers of devices go "missing" if the devices are
4236 part of a different namespace.
4237
4238 * "systemctl list-timers" and "systemctl list-sockets" gained
4239 a --recursive switch for showing units of these types also
4240 for all local containers, similar in style to the already
4241 supported --recursive switch for "systemctl list-units".
4242
4243 * A new RebootArgument= setting has been added for service
4244 units, which may be used to specify a kernel reboot argument
4245 to use when triggering reboots with StartLimitAction=.
4246
4247 * A new FailureAction= setting has been added for service
4248 units which may be used to specify an operation to trigger
4249 when a service fails. This works similarly to
4250 StartLimitAction=, but unlike it, controls what is done
4251 immediately rather than only after several attempts to
4252 restart the service in question.
4253
4254 * hostnamed got updated to also expose the kernel name,
4255 release, and version on the bus. This is useful for
4256 executing commands like hostnamectl with the -H switch.
4257 systemd-analyze makes use of this to properly display
4258 details when running non-locally.
4259
4260 * The bootchart tool can now show cgroup information in the
4261 graphs it generates.
4262
4263 * The CFS CPU quota cgroup attribute is now exposed for
4264 services. The new CPUQuota= switch has been added for this
4265 which takes a percentage value. Setting this will have the
4266 result that a service may never get more CPU time than the
4267 specified percentage, even if the machine is otherwise idle.
4268
4269 * systemd-networkd learned IPIP and SIT tunnel support.
4270
4271 * LSB init scripts exposing a dependency on $network will now
4272 get a dependency on network-online.target rather than simply
4273 network.target. This should bring LSB handling closer to
4274 what it was on SysV systems.
4275
4276 * A new fsck.repair= kernel option has been added to control
4277 how fsck shall deal with unclean file systems at boot.
4278
4279 * The (.ini) configuration file parser will now silently
4280 ignore sections whose name begins with "X-". This may be
4281 used to maintain application-specific extension sections in unit
4282 files.
4283
4284 * machined gained a new API to query the IP addresses of
4285 registered containers. "machinectl status" has been updated
4286 to show these addresses in its output.
4287
4288 * A new call sd_uid_get_display() has been added to the
4289 sd-login APIs for querying the "primary" session of a
4290 user. The "primary" session of the user is elected from the
4291 user's sessions and generally a graphical session is
4292 preferred over a text one.
4293
4294 * A minimal systemd-resolved daemon has been added. It
4295 currently simply acts as a companion to systemd-networkd and
4296 manages resolv.conf based on per-interface DNS
4297 configuration, possibly supplied via DHCP. In the long run
4298 we hope to extend this into a local DNSSEC enabled DNS and
4299 mDNS cache.
4300
4301 * The systemd-networkd-wait-online tool is now enabled by
4302 default. It will delay network-online.target until a network
4303 connection has been configured. The tool primarily integrates
4304 with networkd, but will also make a best effort to make sense
4305 of network configuration performed in some other way.
4306
4307 * Two new service options StartupCPUShares= and
4308 StartupBlockIOWeight= have been added that work similarly to
4309 CPUShares= and BlockIOWeight= however only apply during
4310 system startup. This is useful to prioritize certain services
4311 differently during bootup than during normal runtime.
4312
4313 * hostnamed has been changed to prefer the statically
4314 configured hostname in /etc/hostname (unless set to
4315 'localhost' or empty) over any dynamic one supplied by
4316 dhcp. With this change, the rules for picking the hostname
4317 match more closely the rules of other configuration settings
4318 where the local administrator's configuration in /etc always
4319 overrides any other settings.
4320
4321 Contributions fron: Ali H. Caliskan, Alison Chaiken, Bas van
4322 den Berg, Brandon Philips, Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Buch,
4323 Dan Kilman, Dave Reisner, David Härdeman, David Herrmann,
4324 David Strauss, Dimitris Spingos, Djalal Harouni, Eelco
4325 Dolstra, Evan Nemerson, Florian Albrechtskirchinger, Greg
4326 Kroah-Hartman, Harald Hoyer, Holger Hans Peter Freyther, Jan
4327 Engelhardt, Jani Nikula, Jason St. John, Jeffrey Clark,
4328 Jonathan Boulle, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Lukas
4329 Nykryn, Lukasz Skalski, Łukasz Stelmach, Mantas Mikulėnas,
4330 Marcel Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Matthew Monaco, Michael
4331 Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Michal Sekletar, Mike Gilbert, Nis
4332 Martensen, Patrik Flykt, Philip Lorenz, poma, Ray Strode,
4333 Reyad Attiyat, Robert Milasan, Scott Thrasher, Stef Walter,
4334 Steven Siloti, Susant Sahani, Tanu Kaskinen, Thomas Bächler,
4335 Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar
4336 Lindskog, WaLyong Cho, Will Woods, Zbigniew
4337 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
4338
4339 — Beijing, 2014-05-28
4340
4341 CHANGES WITH 212:
4342
4343 * When restoring the screen brightness at boot, stay away from
4344 the darkest setting or from the lowest 5% of the available
4345 range, depending on which is the larger value of both. This
4346 should effectively protect the user from rebooting into a
4347 black screen, should the brightness have been set to minimum
4348 by accident.
4349
4350 * sd-login gained a new sd_machine_get_class() call to
4351 determine the class ("vm" or "container") of a machine
4352 registered with machined.
4353
4354 * sd-login gained new calls
4355 sd_peer_get_{session,owner_uid,unit,user_unit,slice,machine_name}(),
4356 to query the identity of the peer of a local AF_UNIX
4357 connection. They operate similarly to their sd_pid_get_xyz()
4358 counterparts.
4359
4360 * PID 1 will now maintain a system-wide system state engine
4361 with the states "starting", "running", "degraded",
4362 "maintenance", "stopping". These states are bound to system
4363 startup, normal runtime, runtime with at least one failed
4364 service, rescue/emergency mode and system shutdown. This
4365 state is shown in the "systemctl status" output when no unit
4366 name is passed. It is useful to determine system state, in
4367 particularly when doing so for many systems or containers at
4368 once.
4369
4370 * A new command "list-machines" has been added to "systemctl"
4371 that lists all local OS containers and shows their system
4372 state (see above), if systemd runs inside of them.
4373
4374 * systemctl gained a new "-r" switch to recursively enumerate
4375 units on all local containers, when used with the
4376 "list-unit" command (which is the default one that is
4377 executed when no parameters are specified).
4378
4379 * The GPT automatic partition discovery logic will now honour
4380 two GPT partition flags: one may be set on a partition to
4381 cause it to be mounted read-only, and the other may be set
4382 on a partition to ignore it during automatic discovery.
4383
4384 * Two new GPT type UUIDs have been added for automatic root
4385 partition discovery, for 32-bit and 64-bit ARM. This is not
4386 particularly useful for discovering the root directory on
4387 these architectures during bare-metal boots (since UEFI is
4388 not common there), but still very useful to allow booting of
4389 ARM disk images in nspawn with the -i option.
4390
4391 * MAC addresses of interfaces created with nspawn's
4392 --network-interface= switch will now be generated from the
4393 machine name, and thus be stable between multiple invocations
4394 of the container.
4395
4396 * logind will now automatically remove all IPC objects owned
4397 by a user if she or he fully logs out. This makes sure that
4398 users who are logged out cannot continue to consume IPC
4399 resources. This covers SysV memory, semaphores and message
4400 queues as well as POSIX shared memory and message
4401 queues. Traditionally, SysV and POSIX IPC had no life-cycle
4402 limits. With this functionality, that is corrected. This may
4403 be turned off by using the RemoveIPC= switch of logind.conf.
4404
4405 * The systemd-machine-id-setup and tmpfiles tools gained a
4406 --root= switch to operate on a specific root directory,
4407 instead of /.
4408
4409 * journald can now forward logged messages to the TTYs of all
4410 logged in users ("wall"). This is the default for all
4411 emergency messages now.
4412
4413 * A new tool systemd-journal-remote has been added to stream
4414 journal log messages across the network.
4415
4416 * /sys/fs/cgroup/ is now mounted read-only after all cgroup
4417 controller trees are mounted into it. Note that the
4418 directories mounted beneath it are not read-only. This is a
4419 security measure and is particularly useful because glibc
4420 actually includes a search logic to pick any tmpfs it can
4421 find to implement shm_open() if /dev/shm is not available
4422 (which it might very well be in namespaced setups).
4423
4424 * machinectl gained a new "poweroff" command to cleanly power
4425 down a local OS container.
4426
4427 * The PrivateDevices= unit file setting will now also drop the
4428 CAP_MKNOD capability from the capability bound set, and
4429 imply DevicePolicy=closed.
4430
4431 * PrivateDevices=, PrivateNetwork= and PrivateTmp= is now used
4432 comprehensively on all long-running systemd services where
4433 this is appropriate.
4434
4435 * systemd-udevd will now run in a disassociated mount
4436 namespace. To mount directories from udev rules, make sure to
4437 pull in mount units via SYSTEMD_WANTS properties.
4438
4439 * The kdbus support gained support for uploading policy into
4440 the kernel. sd-bus gained support for creating "monitoring"
4441 connections that can eavesdrop into all bus communication
4442 for debugging purposes.
4443
4444 * Timestamps may now be specified in seconds since the UNIX
4445 epoch Jan 1st, 1970 by specifying "@" followed by the value
4446 in seconds.
4447
4448 * Native tcpwrap support in systemd has been removed. tcpwrap
4449 is old code, not really maintained anymore and has serious
4450 shortcomings, and better options such as firewalls
4451 exist. For setups that require tcpwrap usage, please
4452 consider invoking your socket-activated service via tcpd,
4453 like on traditional inetd.
4454
4455 * A new system.conf configuration option
4456 DefaultTimerAccuracySec= has been added that controls the
4457 default AccuracySec= setting of .timer units.
4458
4459 * Timer units gained a new WakeSystem= switch. If enabled,
4460 timers configured this way will cause the system to resume
4461 from system suspend (if the system supports that, which most
4462 do these days).
4463
4464 * Timer units gained a new Persistent= switch. If enabled,
4465 timers configured this way will save to disk when they have
4466 been last triggered. This information is then used on next
4467 reboot to possible execute overdue timer events, that
4468 could not take place because the system was powered off.
4469 This enables simple anacron-like behaviour for timer units.
4470
4471 * systemctl's "list-timers" will now also list the time a
4472 timer unit was last triggered in addition to the next time
4473 it will be triggered.
4474
4475 * systemd-networkd will now assign predictable IPv4LL
4476 addresses to its local interfaces.
4477
4478 Contributions from: Brandon Philips, Daniel Buch, Daniel Mack,
4479 Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Gerd Hoffmann, Greg
4480 Kroah-Hartman, Hendrik Brueckner, Jason St. John, Josh
4481 Triplett, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Marc-Antoine
4482 Perennou, Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Miklos Vajna,
4483 Patrik Flykt, poma, Sebastian Thorarensen, Thomas Bächler,
4484 Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tomasz Torcz, Tom Gundersen,
4485 Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Wieland Hoffmann, Zbigniew
4486 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
4487
4488 — Berlin, 2014-03-25
4489
4490 CHANGES WITH 211:
4491
4492 * A new unit file setting RestrictAddressFamilies= has been
4493 added to restrict which socket address families unit
4494 processes gain access to. This takes address family names
4495 like "AF_INET" or "AF_UNIX", and is useful to minimize the
4496 attack surface of services via exotic protocol stacks. This
4497 is built on seccomp system call filters.
4498
4499 * Two new unit file settings RuntimeDirectory= and
4500 RuntimeDirectoryMode= have been added that may be used to
4501 manage a per-daemon runtime directories below /run. This is
4502 an alternative for setting up directory permissions with
4503 tmpfiles snippets, and has the advantage that the runtime
4504 directory's lifetime is bound to the daemon runtime and that
4505 the daemon starts up with an empty directory each time. This
4506 is particularly useful when writing services that drop
4507 privileges using the User= or Group= setting.
4508
4509 * The DeviceAllow= unit setting now supports globbing for
4510 matching against device group names.
4511
4512 * The systemd configuration file system.conf gained new
4513 settings DefaultCPUAccounting=, DefaultBlockIOAccounting=,
4514 DefaultMemoryAccounting= to globally turn on/off accounting
4515 for specific resources (cgroups) for all units. These
4516 settings may still be overridden individually in each unit
4517 though.
4518
4519 * systemd-gpt-auto-generator is now able to discover /srv and
4520 root partitions in addition to /home and swap partitions. It
4521 also supports LUKS-encrypted partitions now. With this in
4522 place, automatic discovery of partitions to mount following
4523 the Discoverable Partitions Specification
4524 (https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Specifications/DiscoverablePartitionsSpec)
4525 is now a lot more complete. This allows booting without
4526 /etc/fstab and without root= on the kernel command line on
4527 systems prepared appropriately.
4528
4529 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --image= switch which allows
4530 booting up disk images and Linux installations on any block
4531 device that follow the Discoverable Partitions Specification
4532 (see above). This means that installations made with
4533 appropriately updated installers may now be started and
4534 deployed using container managers, completely
4535 unmodified. (We hope that libvirt-lxc will add support for
4536 this feature soon, too.)
4537
4538 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --network-macvlan= setting to
4539 set up a private macvlan interface for the
4540 container. Similarly, systemd-networkd gained a new
4541 Kind=macvlan setting in .netdev files.
4542
4543 * systemd-networkd now supports configuring local addresses
4544 using IPv4LL.
4545
4546 * A new tool systemd-network-wait-online has been added to
4547 synchronously wait for network connectivity using
4548 systemd-networkd.
4549
4550 * The sd-bus.h bus API gained a new sd_bus_track object for
4551 tracking the life-cycle of bus peers. Note that sd-bus.h is
4552 still not a public API though (unless you specify
4553 --enable-kdbus on the configure command line, which however
4554 voids your warranty and you get no API stability guarantee).
4555
4556 * The $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR runtime directories for each user are
4557 now individual tmpfs instances, which has the benefit of
4558 introducing separate pools for each user, with individual
4559 size limits, and thus making sure that unprivileged clients
4560 can no longer negatively impact the system or other users by
4561 filling up their $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR. A new logind.conf setting
4562 RuntimeDirectorySize= has been introduced that allows
4563 controlling the default size limit for all users. It
4564 defaults to 10% of the available physical memory. This is no
4565 replacement for quotas on tmpfs though (which the kernel
4566 still does not support), as /dev/shm and /tmp are still
4567 shared resources used by both the system and unprivileged
4568 users.
4569
4570 * logind will now automatically turn off automatic suspending
4571 on laptop lid close when more than one display is
4572 connected. This was previously expected to be implemented
4573 individually in desktop environments (such as GNOME),
4574 however has been added to logind now, in order to fix a
4575 boot-time race where a desktop environment might not have
4576 been started yet and thus not been able to take an inhibitor
4577 lock at the time where logind already suspends the system
4578 due to a closed lid.
4579
4580 * logind will now wait at least 30s after each system
4581 suspend/resume cycle, and 3min after system boot before
4582 suspending the system due to a closed laptop lid. This
4583 should give USB docking stations and similar enough time to
4584 be probed and configured after system resume and boot in
4585 order to then act as suspend blocker.
4586
4587 * systemd-run gained a new --property= setting which allows
4588 initialization of resource control properties (and others)
4589 for the created scope or service unit. Example: "systemd-run
4590 --property=BlockIOWeight=10 updatedb" may be used to run
4591 updatedb at a low block IO scheduling weight.
4592
4593 * systemd-run's --uid=, --gid=, --setenv=, --setenv= switches
4594 now also work in --scope mode.
4595
4596 * When systemd is compiled with kdbus support, basic support
4597 for enforced policies is now in place. (Note that enabling
4598 kdbus still voids your warranty and no API compatibility
4599 promises are made.)
4600
4601 Contributions from: Andrey Borzenkov, Ansgar Burchardt, Armin
4602 K., Daniel Mack, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Djalal Harouni,
4603 Harald Hoyer, Henrik Grindal Bakken, Jasper St. Pierre, Kay
4604 Sievers, Kieran Clancy, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn,
4605 Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel Holtmann, Mark Oteiza, Martin Pitt,
4606 Mike Gilbert, Peter Rajnoha, poma, Samuli Suominen, Stef
4607 Walter, Susant Sahani, Tero Roponen, Thomas Andersen, Thomas
4608 Bächler, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tomasz Torcz, Tom
4609 Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Uoti Urpala, Zachary Cook,
4610 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
4611
4612 — Berlin, 2014-03-12
4613
4614 CHANGES WITH 210:
4615
4616 * systemd will now relabel /dev after loading the SMACK policy
4617 according to SMACK rules.
4618
4619 * A new unit file option AppArmorProfile= has been added to
4620 set the AppArmor profile for the processes of a unit.
4621
4622 * A new condition check ConditionArchitecture= has been added
4623 to conditionalize units based on the system architecture, as
4624 reported by uname()'s "machine" field.
4625
4626 * systemd-networkd now supports matching on the system
4627 virtualization, architecture, kernel command line, host name
4628 and machine ID.
4629
4630 * logind is now a lot more aggressive when suspending the
4631 machine due to a closed laptop lid. Instead of acting only
4632 on the lid close action, it will continuously watch the lid
4633 status and act on it. This is useful for laptops where the
4634 power button is on the outside of the chassis so that it can
4635 be reached without opening the lid (such as the Lenovo
4636 Yoga). On those machines, logind will now immediately
4637 re-suspend the machine if the power button has been
4638 accidentally pressed while the laptop was suspended and in a
4639 backpack or similar.
4640
4641 * logind will now watch SW_DOCK switches and inhibit reaction
4642 to the lid switch if it is pressed. This means that logind
4643 will not suspend the machine anymore if the lid is closed
4644 and the system is docked, if the laptop supports SW_DOCK
4645 notifications via the input layer. Note that ACPI docking
4646 stations do not generate this currently. Also note that this
4647 logic is usually not fully sufficient and Desktop
4648 Environments should take a lid switch inhibitor lock when an
4649 external display is connected, as systemd will not watch
4650 this on its own.
4651
4652 * nspawn will now make use of the devices cgroup controller by
4653 default, and only permit creation of and access to the usual
4654 API device nodes like /dev/null or /dev/random, as well as
4655 access to (but not creation of) the pty devices.
4656
4657 * We will now ship a default .network file for
4658 systemd-networkd that automatically configures DHCP for
4659 network interfaces created by nspawn's --network-veth or
4660 --network-bridge= switches.
4661
4662 * systemd will now understand the usual M, K, G, T suffixes
4663 according to SI conventions (i.e. to the base 1000) when
4664 referring to throughput and hardware metrics. It will stay
4665 with IEC conventions (i.e. to the base 1024) for software
4666 metrics, according to what is customary according to
4667 Wikipedia. We explicitly document which base applies for
4668 each configuration option.
4669
4670 * The DeviceAllow= setting in unit files now supports a syntax
4671 to whitelist an entire group of devices node majors at once,
4672 based on the /proc/devices listing. For example, with the
4673 string "char-pts", it is now possible to whitelist all
4674 current and future pseudo-TTYs at once.
4675
4676 * sd-event learned a new "post" event source. Event sources of
4677 this type are triggered by the dispatching of any event
4678 source of a type that is not "post". This is useful for
4679 implementing clean-up and check event sources that are
4680 triggered by other work being done in the program.
4681
4682 * systemd-networkd is no longer statically enabled, but uses
4683 the usual [Install] sections so that it can be
4684 enabled/disabled using systemctl. It still is enabled by
4685 default however.
4686
4687 * When creating a veth interface pair with systemd-nspawn, the
4688 host side will now be prefixed with "vb-" if
4689 --network-bridge= is used, and with "ve-" if --network-veth
4690 is used. This way, it is easy to distinguish these cases on
4691 the host, for example to apply different configuration to
4692 them with systemd-networkd.
4693
4694 * The compatibility libraries for libsystemd-journal.so,
4695 libsystem-id128.so, libsystemd-login.so and
4696 libsystemd-daemon.so do not make use of IFUNC
4697 anymore. Instead, we now build libsystemd.so multiple times
4698 under these alternative names. This means that the footprint
4699 is drastically increased, but given that these are
4700 transitional compatibility libraries, this should not matter
4701 much. This change has been made necessary to support the ARM
4702 platform for these compatibility libraries, as the ARM
4703 toolchain is not really at the same level as the toolchain
4704 for other architectures like x86 and does not support
4705 IFUNC. Please make sure to use --enable-compat-libs only
4706 during a transitional period!
4707
4708 Contributions from: Andreas Fuchs, Armin K., Colin Walters,
4709 Daniel Mack, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Djalal Harouni,
4710 Holger Schurig, Jason A. Donenfeld, Jason St. John, Jasper
4711 St. Pierre, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Łukasz Stelmach,
4712 Marcel Holtmann, Michael Scherer, Michal Sekletar, Mike
4713 Gilbert, Samuli Suominen, Thomas Bächler, Thomas Hindoe
4714 Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog,
4715 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
4716
4717 — Berlin, 2014-02-24
4718
4719 CHANGES WITH 209:
4720
4721 * A new component "systemd-networkd" has been added that can
4722 be used to configure local network interfaces statically or
4723 via DHCP. It is capable of bringing up bridges, VLANs, and
4724 bonding. Currently, no hook-ups for interactive network
4725 configuration are provided. Use this for your initrd,
4726 container, embedded, or server setup if you need a simple,
4727 yet powerful, network configuration solution. This
4728 configuration subsystem is quite nifty, as it allows wildcard
4729 hotplug matching in interfaces. For example, with a single
4730 configuration snippet, you can configure that all Ethernet
4731 interfaces showing up are automatically added to a bridge,
4732 or similar. It supports link-sensing and more.
4733
4734 * A new tool "systemd-socket-proxyd" has been added which can
4735 act as a bidirectional proxy for TCP sockets. This is
4736 useful for adding socket activation support to services that
4737 do not actually support socket activation, including virtual
4738 machines and the like.
4739
4740 * Add a new tool to save/restore rfkill state on
4741 shutdown/boot.
4742
4743 * Save/restore state of keyboard backlights in addition to
4744 display backlights on shutdown/boot.
4745
4746 * udev learned a new SECLABEL{} construct to label device
4747 nodes with a specific security label when they appear. For
4748 now, only SECLABEL{selinux} is supported, but the syntax is
4749 prepared for additional security frameworks.
4750
4751 * udev gained a new scheme to configure link-level attributes
4752 from files in /etc/systemd/network/*.link. These files can
4753 match against MAC address, device path, driver name and type,
4754 and will apply attributes like the naming policy, link speed,
4755 MTU, duplex settings, Wake-on-LAN settings, MAC address, MAC
4756 address assignment policy (randomized, ...).
4757
4758 * The configuration of network interface naming rules for
4759 "permanent interface names" has changed: a new NamePolicy=
4760 setting in the [Link] section of .link files determines the
4761 priority of possible naming schemes (onboard, slot, MAC,
4762 path). The default value of this setting is determined by
4763 /usr/lib/net/links/99-default.link. Old
4764 80-net-name-slot.rules udev configuration file has been
4765 removed, so local configuration overriding this file should
4766 be adapted to override 99-default.link instead.
4767
4768 * When the User= switch is used in a unit file, also
4769 initialize $SHELL= based on the user database entry.
4770
4771 * systemd no longer depends on libdbus. All communication is
4772 now done with sd-bus, systemd's low-level bus library
4773 implementation.
4774
4775 * kdbus support has been added to PID 1 itself. When kdbus is
4776 enabled, this causes PID 1 to set up the system bus and
4777 enable support for a new ".busname" unit type that
4778 encapsulates bus name activation on kdbus. It works a little
4779 bit like ".socket" units, except for bus names. A new
4780 generator has been added that converts classic dbus1 service
4781 activation files automatically into native systemd .busname
4782 and .service units.
4783
4784 * sd-bus: add a light-weight vtable implementation that allows
4785 defining objects on the bus with a simple static const
4786 vtable array of its methods, signals and properties.
4787
4788 * systemd will not generate or install static dbus
4789 introspection data anymore to /usr/share/dbus-1/interfaces,
4790 as the precise format of these files is unclear, and
4791 nothing makes use of it.
4792
4793 * A proxy daemon is now provided to proxy clients connecting
4794 via classic D-Bus AF_UNIX sockets to kdbus, to provide full
4795 compatibility with classic D-Bus.
4796
4797 * A bus driver implementation has been added that supports the
4798 classic D-Bus bus driver calls on kdbus, also for
4799 compatibility purposes.
4800
4801 * A new API "sd-event.h" has been added that implements a
4802 minimal event loop API built around epoll. It provides a
4803 couple of features that direct epoll usage is lacking:
4804 prioritization of events, scales to large numbers of timer
4805 events, per-event timer slack (accuracy), system-wide
4806 coalescing of timer events, exit handlers, watchdog
4807 supervision support using systemd's sd_notify() API, child
4808 process handling.
4809
4810 * A new API "sd-rntl.h" has been added that provides an API
4811 around the route netlink interface of the kernel, similar in
4812 style to "sd-bus.h".
4813
4814 * A new API "sd-dhcp-client.h" has been added that provides a
4815 small DHCPv4 client-side implementation. This is used by
4816 "systemd-networkd".
4817
4818 * There is a new kernel command line option
4819 "systemd.restore_state=0|1". When set to "0", none of the
4820 systemd tools will restore saved runtime state to hardware
4821 devices. More specifically, the rfkill and backlight states
4822 are not restored.
4823
4824 * The FsckPassNo= compatibility option in mount/service units
4825 has been removed. The fstab generator will now add the
4826 necessary dependencies automatically, and does not require
4827 PID1's support for that anymore.
4828
4829 * journalctl gained a new switch, --list-boots, that lists
4830 recent boots with their times and boot IDs.
4831
4832 * The various tools like systemctl, loginctl, timedatectl,
4833 busctl, systemd-run, ... have gained a new switch "-M" to
4834 connect to a specific, local OS container (as direct
4835 connection, without requiring SSH). This works on any
4836 container that is registered with machined, such as those
4837 created by libvirt-lxc or nspawn.
4838
4839 * systemd-run and systemd-analyze also gained support for "-H"
4840 to connect to remote hosts via SSH. This is particularly
4841 useful for systemd-run because it enables queuing of jobs
4842 onto remote systems.
4843
4844 * machinectl gained a new command "login" to open a getty
4845 login in any local container. This works with any container
4846 that is registered with machined (such as those created by
4847 libvirt-lxc or nspawn), and which runs systemd inside.
4848
4849 * machinectl gained a new "reboot" command that may be used to
4850 trigger a reboot on a specific container that is registered
4851 with machined. This works on any container that runs an init
4852 system of some kind.
4853
4854 * systemctl gained a new "list-timers" command to print a nice
4855 listing of installed timer units with the times they elapse
4856 next.
4857
4858 * Alternative reboot() parameters may now be specified on the
4859 "systemctl reboot" command line and are passed to the
4860 reboot() system call.
4861
4862 * systemctl gained a new --job-mode= switch to configure the
4863 mode to queue a job with. This is a more generic version of
4864 --fail, --irreversible, and --ignore-dependencies, which are
4865 still available but not advertised anymore.
4866
4867 * /etc/systemd/system.conf gained new settings to configure
4868 various default timeouts of units, as well as the default
4869 start limit interval and burst. These may still be overridden
4870 within each Unit.
4871
4872 * PID1 will now export on the bus profile data of the security
4873 policy upload process (such as the SELinux policy upload to
4874 the kernel).
4875
4876 * journald: when forwarding logs to the console, include
4877 timestamps (following the setting in
4878 /sys/module/printk/parameters/time).
4879
4880 * OnCalendar= in timer units now understands the special
4881 strings "yearly" and "annually". (Both are equivalent)
4882
4883 * The accuracy of timer units is now configurable with the new
4884 AccuracySec= setting. It defaults to 1min.
4885
4886 * A new dependency type JoinsNamespaceOf= has been added that
4887 allows running two services within the same /tmp and network
4888 namespace, if PrivateNetwork= or PrivateTmp= are used.
4889
4890 * A new command "cat" has been added to systemctl. It outputs
4891 the original unit file of a unit, and concatenates the
4892 contents of additional "drop-in" unit file snippets, so that
4893 the full configuration is shown.
4894
4895 * systemctl now supports globbing on the various "list-xyz"
4896 commands, like "list-units" or "list-sockets", as well as on
4897 those commands which take multiple unit names.
4898
4899 * journalctl's --unit= switch gained support for globbing.
4900
4901 * All systemd daemons now make use of the watchdog logic so
4902 that systemd automatically notices when they hang.
4903
4904 * If the $container_ttys environment variable is set,
4905 getty-generator will automatically spawn a getty for each
4906 listed tty. This is useful for container managers to request
4907 login gettys to be spawned on as many ttys as needed.
4908
4909 * %h, %s, %U specifier support is not available anymore when
4910 used in unit files for PID 1. This is because NSS calls are
4911 not safe from PID 1. They stay available for --user
4912 instances of systemd, and as special case for the root user.
4913
4914 * loginctl gained a new "--no-legend" switch to turn off output
4915 of the legend text.
4916
4917 * The "sd-login.h" API gained three new calls:
4918 sd_session_is_remote(), sd_session_get_remote_user(),
4919 sd_session_get_remote_host() to query information about
4920 remote sessions.
4921
4922 * The udev hardware database now also carries vendor/product
4923 information of SDIO devices.
4924
4925 * The "sd-daemon.h" API gained a new sd_watchdog_enabled() to
4926 determine whether watchdog notifications are requested by
4927 the system manager.
4928
4929 * Socket-activated per-connection services now include a
4930 short description of the connection parameters in the
4931 description.
4932
4933 * tmpfiles gained a new "--boot" option. When this is not used,
4934 only lines where the command character is not suffixed with
4935 "!" are executed. When this option is specified, those
4936 options are executed too. This partitions tmpfiles
4937 directives into those that can be safely executed at any
4938 time, and those which should be run only at boot (for
4939 example, a line that creates /run/nologin).
4940
4941 * A new API "sd-resolve.h" has been added which provides a simple
4942 asynchronous wrapper around glibc NSS host name resolution
4943 calls, such as getaddrinfo(). In contrast to glibc's
4944 getaddrinfo_a(), it does not use signals. In contrast to most
4945 other asynchronous name resolution libraries, this one does
4946 not reimplement DNS, but reuses NSS, so that alternate
4947 host name resolution systems continue to work, such as mDNS,
4948 LDAP, etc. This API is based on libasyncns, but it has been
4949 cleaned up for inclusion in systemd.
4950
4951 * The APIs "sd-journal.h", "sd-login.h", "sd-id128.h",
4952 "sd-daemon.h" are no longer found in individual libraries
4953 libsystemd-journal.so, libsystemd-login.so,
4954 libsystemd-id128.so, libsystemd-daemon.so. Instead, we have
4955 merged them into a single library, libsystemd.so, which
4956 provides all symbols. The reason for this is cyclic
4957 dependencies, as these libraries tend to use each other's
4958 symbols. So far, we have managed to workaround that by linking
4959 a copy of a good part of our code into each of these
4960 libraries again and again, which, however, makes certain
4961 things hard to do, like sharing static variables. Also, it
4962 substantially increases footprint. With this change, there
4963 is only one library for the basic APIs systemd
4964 provides. Also, "sd-bus.h", "sd-memfd.h", "sd-event.h",
4965 "sd-rtnl.h", "sd-resolve.h", "sd-utf8.h" are found in this
4966 library as well, however are subject to the --enable-kdbus
4967 switch (see below). Note that "sd-dhcp-client.h" is not part
4968 of this library (this is because it only consumes, never
4969 provides, services of/to other APIs). To make the transition
4970 easy from the separate libraries to the unified one, we
4971 provide the --enable-compat-libs compile-time switch which
4972 will generate stub libraries that are compatible with the
4973 old ones but redirect all calls to the new one.
4974
4975 * All of the kdbus logic and the new APIs "sd-bus.h",
4976 "sd-memfd.h", "sd-event.h", "sd-rtnl.h", "sd-resolve.h",
4977 and "sd-utf8.h" are compile-time optional via the
4978 "--enable-kdbus" switch, and they are not compiled in by
4979 default. To make use of kdbus, you have to explicitly enable
4980 the switch. Note however, that neither the kernel nor the
4981 userspace API for all of this is considered stable yet. We
4982 want to maintain the freedom to still change the APIs for
4983 now. By specifying this build-time switch, you acknowledge
4984 that you are aware of the instability of the current
4985 APIs.
4986
4987 * Also, note that while kdbus is pretty much complete,
4988 it lacks one thing: proper policy support. This means you
4989 can build a fully working system with all features; however,
4990 it will be highly insecure. Policy support will be added in
4991 one of the next releases, at the same time that we will
4992 declare the APIs stable.
4993
4994 * When the kernel command line argument "kdbus" is specified,
4995 systemd will automatically load the kdbus.ko kernel module. At
4996 this stage of development, it is only useful for testing kdbus
4997 and should not be used in production. Note: if "--enable-kdbus"
4998 is specified, and the kdbus.ko kernel module is available, and
4999 "kdbus" is added to the kernel command line, the entire system
5000 runs with kdbus instead of dbus-daemon, with the above mentioned
5001 problem of missing the system policy enforcement. Also a future
5002 version of kdbus.ko or a newer systemd will not be compatible with
5003 each other, and will unlikely be able to boot the machine if only
5004 one of them is updated.
5005
5006 * systemctl gained a new "import-environment" command which
5007 uploads the caller's environment (or parts thereof) into the
5008 service manager so that it is inherited by services started
5009 by the manager. This is useful to upload variables like
5010 $DISPLAY into the user service manager.
5011
5012 * A new PrivateDevices= switch has been added to service units
5013 which allows running a service with a namespaced /dev
5014 directory that does not contain any device nodes for
5015 physical devices. More specifically, it only includes devices
5016 such as /dev/null, /dev/urandom, and /dev/zero which are API
5017 entry points.
5018
5019 * logind has been extended to support behaviour like VT
5020 switching on seats that do not support a VT. This makes
5021 multi-session available on seats that are not the first seat
5022 (seat0), and on systems where kernel support for VTs has
5023 been disabled at compile-time.
5024
5025 * If a process holds a delay lock for system sleep or shutdown
5026 and fails to release it in time, we will now log its
5027 identity. This makes it easier to identify processes that
5028 cause slow suspends or power-offs.
5029
5030 * When parsing /etc/crypttab, support for a new key-slot=
5031 option as supported by Debian is added. It allows indicating
5032 which LUKS slot to use on disk, speeding up key loading.
5033
5034 * The sd_journald_sendv() API call has been checked and
5035 officially declared to be async-signal-safe so that it may
5036 be invoked from signal handlers for logging purposes.
5037
5038 * Boot-time status output is now enabled automatically after a
5039 short timeout if boot does not progress, in order to give
5040 the user an indication what she or he is waiting for.
5041
5042 * The boot-time output has been improved to show how much time
5043 remains until jobs expire.
5044
5045 * The KillMode= switch in service units gained a new possible
5046 value "mixed". If set, and the unit is shut down, then the
5047 initial SIGTERM signal is sent only to the main daemon
5048 process, while the following SIGKILL signal is sent to
5049 all remaining processes of the service.
5050
5051 * When a scope unit is registered, a new property "Controller"
5052 may be set. If set to a valid bus name, systemd will send a
5053 RequestStop() signal to this name when it would like to shut
5054 down the scope. This may be used to hook manager logic into
5055 the shutdown logic of scope units. Also, scope units may now
5056 be put in a special "abandoned" state, in which case the
5057 manager process which created them takes no further
5058 responsibilities for it.
5059
5060 * When reading unit files, systemd will now verify
5061 the access mode of these files, and warn about certain
5062 suspicious combinations. This has been added to make it
5063 easier to track down packaging bugs where unit files are
5064 marked executable or world-writable.
5065
5066 * systemd-nspawn gained a new "--setenv=" switch to set
5067 container-wide environment variables. The similar option in
5068 systemd-activate was renamed from "--environment=" to
5069 "--setenv=" for consistency.
5070
5071 * systemd-nspawn has been updated to create a new kdbus domain
5072 for each container that is invoked, thus allowing each
5073 container to have its own set of system and user buses,
5074 independent of the host.
5075
5076 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --drop-capability= switch to run
5077 the container with less capabilities than the default. Both
5078 --drop-capability= and --capability= now take the special
5079 string "all" for dropping or keeping all capabilities.
5080
5081 * systemd-nspawn gained new switches for executing containers
5082 with specific SELinux labels set.
5083
5084 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --quiet switch to not generate
5085 any additional output but the container's own console
5086 output.
5087
5088 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --share-system switch to run a
5089 container without PID namespacing enabled.
5090
5091 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --register= switch to control
5092 whether the container is registered with systemd-machined or
5093 not. This is useful for containers that do not run full
5094 OS images, but only specific apps.
5095
5096 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --keep-unit which may be used
5097 when invoked as the only program from a service unit, and
5098 results in registration of the unit service itself in
5099 systemd-machined, instead of a newly opened scope unit.
5100
5101 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --network-interface= switch for
5102 moving arbitrary interfaces to the container. The new
5103 --network-veth switch creates a virtual Ethernet connection
5104 between host and container. The new --network-bridge=
5105 switch then allows assigning the host side of this virtual
5106 Ethernet connection to a bridge device.
5107
5108 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --personality= switch for
5109 setting the kernel personality for the container. This is
5110 useful when running a 32-bit container on a 64-bit host. A
5111 similar option Personality= is now also available for service
5112 units to use.
5113
5114 * logind will now also track a "Desktop" identifier for each
5115 session which encodes the desktop environment of it. This is
5116 useful for desktop environments that want to identify
5117 multiple running sessions of itself easily.
5118
5119 * A new SELinuxContext= setting for service units has been
5120 added that allows setting a specific SELinux execution
5121 context for a service.
5122
5123 * Most systemd client tools will now honour $SYSTEMD_LESS for
5124 settings of the "less" pager. By default, these tools will
5125 override $LESS to allow certain operations to work, such as
5126 jump-to-the-end. With $SYSTEMD_LESS, it is possible to
5127 influence this logic.
5128
5129 * systemd's "seccomp" hook-up has been changed to make use of
5130 the libseccomp library instead of using its own
5131 implementation. This has benefits for portability among
5132 other things.
5133
5134 * For usage together with SystemCallFilter=, a new
5135 SystemCallErrorNumber= setting has been introduced that
5136 allows configuration of a system error number to be returned
5137 on filtered system calls, instead of immediately killing the
5138 process. Also, SystemCallArchitectures= has been added to
5139 limit access to system calls of a particular architecture
5140 (in order to turn off support for unused secondary
5141 architectures). There is also a global
5142 SystemCallArchitectures= setting in system.conf now to turn
5143 off support for non-native system calls system-wide.
5144
5145 * systemd requires a kernel with a working name_to_handle_at(),
5146 please see the kernel config requirements in the README file.
5147
5148 Contributions from: Adam Williamson, Alex Jia, Anatol Pomozov,
5149 Ansgar Burchardt, AppleBloom, Auke Kok, Bastien Nocera,
5150 Chengwei Yang, Christian Seiler, Colin Guthrie, Colin Walters,
5151 Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Buch, Daniele Medri, Daniel J
5152 Walsh, Daniel Mack, Dan McGee, Dave Reisner, David Coppa,
5153 David Herrmann, David Strauss, Djalal Harouni, Dmitry Pisklov,
5154 Elia Pinto, Florian Weimer, George McCollister, Goffredo
5155 Baroncelli, Greg Kroah-Hartman, Hendrik Brueckner, Igor
5156 Zhbanov, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen, Jason A. Donenfeld,
5157 Jason St. John, Jasper St. Pierre, Jóhann B. Guðmundsson, Jose
5158 Ignacio Naranjo, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers, Kristian Høgsberg,
5159 Lennart Poettering, Lubomir Rintel, Lukas Nykryn, Lukasz
5160 Skalski, Łukasz Stelmach, Luke Shumaker, Mantas Mikulėnas,
5161 Marc-Antoine Perennou, Marcel Holtmann, Marcos Felipe Rasia de
5162 Mello, Marko Myllynen, Martin Pitt, Matthew Monaco, Michael
5163 Marineau, Michael Scherer, Michał Górny, Michal Sekletar,
5164 Michele Curti, Oleksii Shevchuk, Olivier Brunel, Patrik Flykt,
5165 Pavel Holica, Raudi, Richard Marko, Ronny Chevalier, Sébastien
5166 Luttringer, Sergey Ptashnick, Shawn Landden, Simon Peeters,
5167 Stefan Beller, Susant Sahani, Sylvain Plantefeve, Sylvia Else,
5168 Tero Roponen, Thomas Bächler, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen,
5169 Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Unai Uribarri, Václav
5170 Pavlín, Vincent Batts, WaLyong Cho, William Giokas, Yang
5171 Zhiyong, Yin Kangkai, Yuxuan Shui, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
5172
5173 — Berlin, 2014-02-20
5174
5175 CHANGES WITH 208:
5176
5177 * logind has gained support for facilitating privileged input
5178 and drm device access for unprivileged clients. This work is
5179 useful to allow Wayland display servers (and similar
5180 programs, such as kmscon) to run under the user's ID and
5181 access input and drm devices which are normally
5182 protected. When this is used (and the kernel is new enough)
5183 logind will "mute" IO on the file descriptors passed to
5184 Wayland as long as it is in the background and "unmute" it
5185 if it returns into the foreground. This allows secure
5186 session switching without allowing background sessions to
5187 eavesdrop on input and display data. This also introduces
5188 session switching support if VT support is turned off in the
5189 kernel, and on seats that are not seat0.
5190
5191 * A new kernel command line option luks.options= is understood
5192 now which allows specifying LUKS options for usage for LUKS
5193 encrypted partitions specified with luks.uuid=.
5194
5195 * tmpfiles.d(5) snippets may now use specifier expansion in
5196 path names. More specifically %m, %b, %H, %v, are now
5197 replaced by the local machine id, boot id, hostname, and
5198 kernel version number.
5199
5200 * A new tmpfiles.d(5) command "m" has been introduced which
5201 may be used to change the owner/group/access mode of a file
5202 or directory if it exists, but do nothing if it does not.
5203
5204 * This release removes high-level support for the
5205 MemorySoftLimit= cgroup setting. The underlying kernel
5206 cgroup attribute memory.soft_limit= is currently badly
5207 designed and likely to be removed from the kernel API in its
5208 current form, hence we should not expose it for now.
5209
5210 * The memory.use_hierarchy cgroup attribute is now enabled for
5211 all cgroups systemd creates in the memory cgroup
5212 hierarchy. This option is likely to be come the built-in
5213 default in the kernel anyway, and the non-hierarchical mode
5214 never made much sense in the intrinsically hierarchical
5215 cgroup system.
5216
5217 * A new field _SYSTEMD_SLICE= is logged along with all journal
5218 messages containing the slice a message was generated
5219 from. This is useful to allow easy per-customer filtering of
5220 logs among other things.
5221
5222 * systemd-journald will no longer adjust the group of journal
5223 files it creates to the "systemd-journal" group. Instead we
5224 rely on the journal directory to be owned by the
5225 "systemd-journal" group, and its setgid bit set, so that the
5226 kernel file system layer will automatically enforce that
5227 journal files inherit this group assignment. The reason for
5228 this change is that we cannot allow NSS look-ups from
5229 journald which would be necessary to resolve
5230 "systemd-journal" to a numeric GID, because this might
5231 create deadlocks if NSS involves synchronous queries to
5232 other daemons (such as nscd, or sssd) which in turn are
5233 logging clients of journald and might block on it, which
5234 would then dead lock. A tmpfiles.d(5) snippet included in
5235 systemd will make sure the setgid bit and group are
5236 properly set on the journal directory if it exists on every
5237 boot. However, we recommend adjusting it manually after
5238 upgrades too (or from RPM scriptlets), so that the change is
5239 not delayed until next reboot.
5240
5241 * Backlight and random seed files in /var/lib/ have moved into
5242 the /var/lib/systemd/ directory, in order to centralize all
5243 systemd generated files in one directory.
5244
5245 * Boot time performance measurements (as displayed by
5246 "systemd-analyze" for example) will now read ACPI 5.0 FPDT
5247 performance information if that's available to determine how
5248 much time BIOS and boot loader initialization required. With
5249 a sufficiently new BIOS you hence no longer need to boot
5250 with Gummiboot to get access to such information.
5251
5252 Contributions from: Andrey Borzenkov, Chen Jie, Colin Walters,
5253 Cristian Rodríguez, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, David
5254 Mackey, David Strauss, Eelco Dolstra, Evan Callicoat, Gao
5255 feng, Harald Hoyer, Jimmie Tauriainen, Kay Sievers, Lennart
5256 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Martin Pitt,
5257 Michael Scherer, Michał Górny, Mike Gilbert, Patrick McCarty,
5258 Sebastian Ott, Tom Gundersen, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
5259
5260 — Berlin, 2013-10-02
5261
5262 CHANGES WITH 207:
5263
5264 * The Restart= option for services now understands a new
5265 on-watchdog setting, which will restart the service
5266 automatically if the service stops sending out watchdog keep
5267 alive messages (as configured with WatchdogSec=).
5268
5269 * The getty generator (which is responsible for bringing up a
5270 getty on configured serial consoles) will no longer only
5271 start a getty on the primary kernel console but on all
5272 others, too. This makes the order in which console= is
5273 specified on the kernel command line less important.
5274
5275 * libsystemd-logind gained a new sd_session_get_vt() call to
5276 retrieve the VT number of a session.
5277
5278 * If the option "tries=0" is set for an entry of /etc/crypttab
5279 its passphrase is queried indefinitely instead of any
5280 maximum number of tries.
5281
5282 * If a service with a configure PID file terminates its PID
5283 file will now be removed automatically if it still exists
5284 afterwards. This should put an end to stale PID files.
5285
5286 * systemd-run will now also take relative binary path names
5287 for execution and no longer insists on absolute paths.
5288
5289 * InaccessibleDirectories= and ReadOnlyDirectories= now take
5290 paths that are optionally prefixed with "-" to indicate that
5291 it should not be considered a failure if they do not exist.
5292
5293 * journalctl -o (and similar commands) now understands a new
5294 output mode "short-precise", it is similar to "short" but
5295 shows timestamps with usec accuracy.
5296
5297 * The option "discard" (as known from Debian) is now
5298 synonymous to "allow-discards" in /etc/crypttab. In fact,
5299 "discard" is preferred now (since it is easier to remember
5300 and type).
5301
5302 * Some licensing clean-ups were made, so that more code is now
5303 LGPL-2.1 licensed than before.
5304
5305 * A minimal tool to save/restore the display backlight
5306 brightness across reboots has been added. It will store the
5307 backlight setting as late as possible at shutdown, and
5308 restore it as early as possible during reboot.
5309
5310 * A logic to automatically discover and enable home and swap
5311 partitions on GPT disks has been added. With this in place
5312 /etc/fstab becomes optional for many setups as systemd can
5313 discover certain partitions located on the root disk
5314 automatically. Home partitions are recognized under their
5315 GPT type ID 933ac7e12eb44f13b8440e14e2aef915. Swap
5316 partitions are recognized under their GPT type ID
5317 0657fd6da4ab43c484e50933c84b4f4f.
5318
5319 * systemd will no longer pass any environment from the kernel
5320 or initrd to system services. If you want to set an
5321 environment for all services, do so via the kernel command
5322 line systemd.setenv= assignment.
5323
5324 * The systemd-sysctl tool no longer natively reads the file
5325 /etc/sysctl.conf. If desired, the file should be symlinked
5326 from /etc/sysctl.d/99-sysctl.conf. Apart from providing
5327 legacy support by a symlink rather than built-in code, it
5328 also makes the otherwise hidden order of application of the
5329 different files visible. (Note that this partly reverts to a
5330 pre-198 application order of sysctl knobs!)
5331
5332 * The "systemctl set-log-level" and "systemctl dump" commands
5333 have been moved to systemd-analyze.
5334
5335 * systemd-run learned the new --remain-after-exit switch,
5336 which causes the scope unit not to be cleaned up
5337 automatically after the process terminated.
5338
5339 * tmpfiles learned a new --exclude-prefix= switch to exclude
5340 certain paths from operation.
5341
5342 * journald will now automatically flush all messages to disk
5343 as soon as a message at the log level CRIT, ALERT or EMERG
5344 is received.
5345
5346 Contributions from: Andrew Cook, Brandon Philips, Christian
5347 Hesse, Christoph Junghans, Colin Walters, Daniel Schaal,
5348 Daniel Wallace, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Gao feng, George
5349 McCollister, Giovanni Campagna, Hannes Reinecke, Harald Hoyer,
5350 Herczeg Zsolt, Holger Hans Peter Freyther, Jan Engelhardt,
5351 Jesper Larsen, Kay Sievers, Khem Raj, Lennart Poettering,
5352 Lukas Nykryn, Maciej Wereski, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel
5353 Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Marineau,
5354 Michael Scherer, Michael Stapelberg, Michal Sekletar, Michał
5355 Górny, Olivier Brunel, Ondrej Balaz, Ronny Chevalier, Shawn
5356 Landden, Steven Hiscocks, Thomas Bächler, Thomas Hindoe
5357 Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar, WANG Chao,
5358 William Giokas, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
5359
5360 — Berlin, 2013-09-13
5361
5362 CHANGES WITH 206:
5363
5364 * The documentation has been updated to cover the various new
5365 concepts introduced with 205.
5366
5367 * Unit files now understand the new %v specifier which
5368 resolves to the kernel version string as returned by "uname
5369 -r".
5370
5371 * systemctl now supports filtering the unit list output by
5372 load state, active state and sub state, using the new
5373 --state= parameter.
5374
5375 * "systemctl status" will now show the results of the
5376 condition checks (like ConditionPathExists= and similar) of
5377 the last start attempts of the unit. They are also logged to
5378 the journal.
5379
5380 * "journalctl -b" may now be used to look for boot output of a
5381 specific boot. Try "journalctl -b -1" for the previous boot,
5382 but the syntax is substantially more powerful.
5383
5384 * "journalctl --show-cursor" has been added which prints the
5385 cursor string the last shown log line. This may then be used
5386 with the new "journalctl --after-cursor=" switch to continue
5387 browsing logs from that point on.
5388
5389 * "journalctl --force" may now be used to force regeneration
5390 of an FSS key.
5391
5392 * Creation of "dead" device nodes has been moved from udev
5393 into kmod and tmpfiles. Previously, udev would read the kmod
5394 databases to pre-generate dead device nodes based on meta
5395 information contained in kernel modules, so that these would
5396 be auto-loaded on access rather then at boot. As this
5397 does not really have much to do with the exposing actual
5398 kernel devices to userspace this has always been slightly
5399 alien in the udev codebase. Following the new scheme kmod
5400 will now generate a runtime snippet for tmpfiles from the
5401 module meta information and it now is tmpfiles' job to the
5402 create the nodes. This also allows overriding access and
5403 other parameters for the nodes using the usual tmpfiles
5404 facilities. As side effect this allows us to remove the
5405 CAP_SYS_MKNOD capability bit from udevd entirely.
5406
5407 * logind's device ACLs may now be applied to these "dead"
5408 devices nodes too, thus finally allowing managed access to
5409 devices such as /dev/snd/sequencer without loading the
5410 backing module right-away.
5411
5412 * A new RPM macro has been added that may be used to apply
5413 tmpfiles configuration during package installation.
5414
5415 * systemd-detect-virt and ConditionVirtualization= now can
5416 detect User-Mode-Linux machines (UML).
5417
5418 * journald will now implicitly log the effective capabilities
5419 set of processes in the message metadata.
5420
5421 * systemd-cryptsetup has gained support for TrueCrypt volumes.
5422
5423 * The initrd interface has been simplified (more specifically,
5424 support for passing performance data via environment
5425 variables and fsck results via files in /run has been
5426 removed). These features were non-essential, and are
5427 nowadays available in a much nicer way by having systemd in
5428 the initrd serialize its state and have the hosts systemd
5429 deserialize it again.
5430
5431 * The udev "keymap" data files and tools to apply keyboard
5432 specific mappings of scan to key codes, and force-release
5433 scan code lists have been entirely replaced by a udev
5434 "keyboard" builtin and a hwdb data file.
5435
5436 * systemd will now honour the kernel's "quiet" command line
5437 argument also during late shutdown, resulting in a
5438 completely silent shutdown when used.
5439
5440 * There's now an option to control the SO_REUSEPORT socket
5441 option in .socket units.
5442
5443 * Instance units will now automatically get a per-template
5444 subslice of system.slice unless something else is explicitly
5445 configured. For example, instances of sshd@.service will now
5446 implicitly be placed in system-sshd.slice rather than
5447 system.slice as before.
5448
5449 * Test coverage support may now be enabled at build time.
5450
5451 Contributions from: Dave Reisner, Frederic Crozat, Harald
5452 Hoyer, Holger Hans Peter Freyther, Jan Engelhardt, Jan
5453 Janssen, Jason St. John, Jesper Larsen, Kay Sievers, Lennart
5454 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Maciej Wereski, Martin Pitt, Michael
5455 Olbrich, Ramkumar Ramachandra, Ross Lagerwall, Shawn Landden,
5456 Thomas H.P. Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Tomasz Torcz, William
5457 Giokas, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
5458
5459 — Berlin, 2013-07-23
5460
5461 CHANGES WITH 205:
5462
5463 * Two new unit types have been introduced:
5464
5465 Scope units are very similar to service units, however, are
5466 created out of pre-existing processes — instead of PID 1
5467 forking off the processes. By using scope units it is
5468 possible for system services and applications to group their
5469 own child processes (worker processes) in a powerful way
5470 which then maybe used to organize them, or kill them
5471 together, or apply resource limits on them.
5472
5473 Slice units may be used to partition system resources in an
5474 hierarchical fashion and then assign other units to them. By
5475 default there are now three slices: system.slice (for all
5476 system services), user.slice (for all user sessions),
5477 machine.slice (for VMs and containers).
5478
5479 Slices and scopes have been introduced primarily in
5480 context of the work to move cgroup handling to a
5481 single-writer scheme, where only PID 1
5482 creates/removes/manages cgroups.
5483
5484 * There's a new concept of "transient" units. In contrast to
5485 normal units these units are created via an API at runtime,
5486 not from configuration from disk. More specifically this
5487 means it is now possible to run arbitrary programs as
5488 independent services, with all execution parameters passed
5489 in via bus APIs rather than read from disk. Transient units
5490 make systemd substantially more dynamic then it ever was,
5491 and useful as a general batch manager.
5492
5493 * logind has been updated to make use of scope and slice units
5494 for managing user sessions. As a user logs in he will get
5495 his own private slice unit, to which all sessions are added
5496 as scope units. We also added support for automatically
5497 adding an instance of user@.service for the user into the
5498 slice. Effectively logind will no longer create cgroup
5499 hierarchies on its own now, it will defer entirely to PID 1
5500 for this by means of scope, service and slice units. Since
5501 user sessions this way become entities managed by PID 1
5502 the output of "systemctl" is now a lot more comprehensive.
5503
5504 * A new mini-daemon "systemd-machined" has been added which
5505 may be used by virtualization managers to register local
5506 VMs/containers. nspawn has been updated accordingly, and
5507 libvirt will be updated shortly. machined will collect a bit
5508 of meta information about the VMs/containers, and assign
5509 them their own scope unit (see above). The collected
5510 meta-data is then made available via the "machinectl" tool,
5511 and exposed in "ps" and similar tools. machined/machinectl
5512 is compile-time optional.
5513
5514 * As discussed earlier, the low-level cgroup configuration
5515 options ControlGroup=, ControlGroupModify=,
5516 ControlGroupPersistent=, ControlGroupAttribute= have been
5517 removed. Please use high-level attribute settings instead as
5518 well as slice units.
5519
5520 * A new bus call SetUnitProperties() has been added to alter
5521 various runtime parameters of a unit. This is primarily
5522 useful to alter cgroup parameters dynamically in a nice way,
5523 but will be extended later on to make more properties
5524 modifiable at runtime. systemctl gained a new set-properties
5525 command that wraps this call.
5526
5527 * A new tool "systemd-run" has been added which can be used to
5528 run arbitrary command lines as transient services or scopes,
5529 while configuring a number of settings via the command
5530 line. This tool is currently very basic, however already
5531 very useful. We plan to extend this tool to even allow
5532 queuing of execution jobs with time triggers from the
5533 command line, similar in fashion to "at".
5534
5535 * nspawn will now inform the user explicitly that kernels with
5536 audit enabled break containers, and suggest the user to turn
5537 off audit.
5538
5539 * Support for detecting the IMA and AppArmor security
5540 frameworks with ConditionSecurity= has been added.
5541
5542 * journalctl gained a new "-k" switch for showing only kernel
5543 messages, mimicking dmesg output; in addition to "--user"
5544 and "--system" switches for showing only user's own logs
5545 and system logs.
5546
5547 * systemd-delta can now show information about drop-in
5548 snippets extending unit files.
5549
5550 * libsystemd-bus has been substantially updated but is still
5551 not available as public API.
5552
5553 * systemd will now look for the "debug" argument on the kernel
5554 command line and enable debug logging, similar to what
5555 "systemd.log_level=debug" already did before.
5556
5557 * "systemctl set-default", "systemctl get-default" has been
5558 added to configure the default.target symlink, which
5559 controls what to boot into by default.
5560
5561 * "systemctl set-log-level" has been added as a convenient
5562 way to raise and lower systemd logging threshold.
5563
5564 * "systemd-analyze plot" will now show the time the various
5565 generators needed for execution, as well as information
5566 about the unit file loading.
5567
5568 * libsystemd-journal gained a new sd_journal_open_files() call
5569 for opening specific journal files. journactl also gained a
5570 new switch to expose this new functionality. Previously we
5571 only supported opening all files from a directory, or all
5572 files from the system, as opening individual files only is
5573 racy due to journal file rotation.
5574
5575 * systemd gained the new DefaultEnvironment= setting in
5576 /etc/systemd/system.conf to set environment variables for
5577 all services.
5578
5579 * If a privileged process logs a journal message with the
5580 OBJECT_PID= field set, then journald will automatically
5581 augment this with additional OBJECT_UID=, OBJECT_GID=,
5582 OBJECT_COMM=, OBJECT_EXE=, ... fields. This is useful if
5583 system services want to log events about specific client
5584 processes. journactl/systemctl has been updated to make use
5585 of this information if all log messages regarding a specific
5586 unit is requested.
5587
5588 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Chengwei Yang, Colin Walters,
5589 Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Albers, Daniel Wallace, Dave
5590 Reisner, David Coppa, David King, David Strauss, Eelco
5591 Dolstra, Gabriel de Perthuis, Harald Hoyer, Jan Alexander
5592 Steffens, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen, Jason St. John, Johan
5593 Heikkilä, Karel Zak, Karol Lewandowski, Kay Sievers, Lennart
5594 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marius Vollmer,
5595 Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich, Michael Tremer,
5596 Michal Schmidt, Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Nirbheek Chauhan,
5597 Pierre Neidhardt, Ross Burton, Ross Lagerwall, Sean McGovern,
5598 Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar,
5599 Václav Pavlín, Zachary Cook, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek,
5600 Łukasz Stelmach, 장동준
5601
5602 CHANGES WITH 204:
5603
5604 * The Python bindings gained some minimal support for the APIs
5605 exposed by libsystemd-logind.
5606
5607 * ConditionSecurity= gained support for detecting SMACK. Since
5608 this condition already supports SELinux and AppArmor we only
5609 miss IMA for this. Patches welcome!
5610
5611 Contributions from: Karol Lewandowski, Lennart Poettering,
5612 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
5613
5614 CHANGES WITH 203:
5615
5616 * systemd-nspawn will now create /etc/resolv.conf if
5617 necessary, before bind-mounting the host's file onto it.
5618
5619 * systemd-nspawn will now store meta information about a
5620 container on the container's cgroup as extended attribute
5621 fields, including the root directory.
5622
5623 * The cgroup hierarchy has been reworked in many ways. All
5624 objects any of the components systemd creates in the cgroup
5625 tree are now suffixed. More specifically, user sessions are
5626 now placed in cgroups suffixed with ".session", users in
5627 cgroups suffixed with ".user", and nspawn containers in
5628 cgroups suffixed with ".nspawn". Furthermore, all cgroup
5629 names are now escaped in a simple scheme to avoid collision
5630 of userspace object names with kernel filenames. This work
5631 is preparation for making these objects relocatable in the
5632 cgroup tree, in order to allow easy resource partitioning of
5633 these objects without causing naming conflicts.
5634
5635 * systemctl list-dependencies gained the new switches
5636 --plain, --reverse, --after and --before.
5637
5638 * systemd-inhibit now shows the process name of processes that
5639 have taken an inhibitor lock.
5640
5641 * nss-myhostname will now also resolve "localhost"
5642 implicitly. This makes /etc/hosts an optional file and
5643 nicely handles that on IPv6 ::1 maps to both "localhost" and
5644 the local hostname.
5645
5646 * libsystemd-logind.so gained a new call
5647 sd_get_machine_names() to enumerate running containers and
5648 VMs (currently only supported by very new libvirt and
5649 nspawn). sd_login_monitor can now be used to watch
5650 VMs/containers coming and going.
5651
5652 * .include is not allowed recursively anymore, and only in
5653 unit files. Usually it is better to use drop-in snippets in
5654 .d/*.conf anyway, as introduced with systemd 198.
5655
5656 * systemd-analyze gained a new "critical-chain" command that
5657 determines the slowest chain of units run during system
5658 boot-up. It is very useful for tracking down where
5659 optimizing boot time is the most beneficial.
5660
5661 * systemd will no longer allow manipulating service paths in
5662 the name=systemd:/system cgroup tree using ControlGroup= in
5663 units. (But is still fine with it in all other dirs.)
5664
5665 * There's a new systemd-nspawn@.service service file that may
5666 be used to easily run nspawn containers as system
5667 services. With the container's root directory in
5668 /var/lib/container/foobar it is now sufficient to run
5669 "systemctl start systemd-nspawn@foobar.service" to boot it.
5670
5671 * systemd-cgls gained a new parameter "--machine" to list only
5672 the processes within a certain container.
5673
5674 * ConditionSecurity= now can check for "apparmor". We still
5675 are lacking checks for SMACK and IMA for this condition
5676 check though. Patches welcome!
5677
5678 * A new configuration file /etc/systemd/sleep.conf has been
5679 added that may be used to configure which kernel operation
5680 systemd is supposed to execute when "suspend", "hibernate"
5681 or "hybrid-sleep" is requested. This makes the new kernel
5682 "freeze" state accessible to the user.
5683
5684 * ENV{SYSTEMD_WANTS} in udev rules will now implicitly escape
5685 the passed argument if applicable.
5686
5687 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Colin Guthrie, Colin Walters,
5688 Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Buch, Daniel Wallace, Dave Reisner,
5689 Evangelos Foutras, Greg Kroah-Hartman, Harald Hoyer, Josh
5690 Triplett, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn,
5691 MUNEDA Takahiro, Mantas Mikulėnas, Mirco Tischler, Nathaniel
5692 Chen, Nirbheek Chauhan, Ronny Chevalier, Ross Lagerwall, Tom
5693 Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar, Ville Skyttä, Zbigniew
5694 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
5695
5696 CHANGES WITH 202:
5697
5698 * The output of 'systemctl list-jobs' got some polishing. The
5699 '--type=' argument may now be passed more than once. A new
5700 command 'systemctl list-sockets' has been added which shows
5701 a list of kernel sockets systemd is listening on with the
5702 socket units they belong to, plus the units these socket
5703 units activate.
5704
5705 * The experimental libsystemd-bus library got substantial
5706 updates to work in conjunction with the (also experimental)
5707 kdbus kernel project. It works well enough to exchange
5708 messages with some sophistication. Note that kdbus is not
5709 ready yet, and the library is mostly an elaborate test case
5710 for now, and not installable.
5711
5712 * systemd gained a new unit 'systemd-static-nodes.service'
5713 that generates static device nodes earlier during boot, and
5714 can run in conjunction with udev.
5715
5716 * libsystemd-login gained a new call sd_pid_get_user_unit()
5717 to retrieve the user systemd unit a process is running
5718 in. This is useful for systems where systemd is used as
5719 session manager.
5720
5721 * systemd-nspawn now places all containers in the new /machine
5722 top-level cgroup directory in the name=systemd
5723 hierarchy. libvirt will soon do the same, so that we get a
5724 uniform separation of /system, /user and /machine for system
5725 services, user processes and containers/virtual
5726 machines. This new cgroup hierarchy is also useful to stick
5727 stable names to specific container instances, which can be
5728 recognized later this way (this name may be controlled
5729 via systemd-nspawn's new -M switch). libsystemd-login also
5730 gained a new call sd_pid_get_machine_name() to retrieve the
5731 name of the container/VM a specific process belongs to.
5732
5733 * bootchart can now store its data in the journal.
5734
5735 * libsystemd-journal gained a new call
5736 sd_journal_add_conjunction() for AND expressions to the
5737 matching logic. This can be used to express more complex
5738 logical expressions.
5739
5740 * journactl can now take multiple --unit= and --user-unit=
5741 switches.
5742
5743 * The cryptsetup logic now understands the "luks.key=" kernel
5744 command line switch for specifying a file to read the
5745 decryption key from. Also, if a configured key file is not
5746 found the tool will now automatically fall back to prompting
5747 the user.
5748
5749 * Python systemd.journal module was updated to wrap recently
5750 added functions from libsystemd-journal. The interface was
5751 changed to bring the low level interface in s.j._Reader
5752 closer to the C API, and the high level interface in
5753 s.j.Reader was updated to wrap and convert all data about
5754 an entry.
5755
5756 Contributions from: Anatol Pomozov, Auke Kok, Harald Hoyer,
5757 Henrik Grindal Bakken, Josh Triplett, Kay Sievers, Lennart
5758 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas Marius Vollmer,
5759 Martin Jansa, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michal Schmidt,
5760 Mirco Tischler, Pali Rohar, Simon Peeters, Steven Hiscocks,
5761 Tom Gundersen, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
5762
5763 CHANGES WITH 201:
5764
5765 * journalctl --update-catalog now understands a new --root=
5766 option to operate on catalogs found in a different root
5767 directory.
5768
5769 * During shutdown after systemd has terminated all running
5770 services a final killing loop kills all remaining left-over
5771 processes. We will now print the name of these processes
5772 when we send SIGKILL to them, since this usually indicates a
5773 problem.
5774
5775 * If /etc/crypttab refers to password files stored on
5776 configured mount points automatic dependencies will now be
5777 generated to ensure the specific mount is established first
5778 before the key file is attempted to be read.
5779
5780 * 'systemctl status' will now show information about the
5781 network sockets a socket unit is listening on.
5782
5783 * 'systemctl status' will also shown information about any
5784 drop-in configuration file for units. (Drop-In configuration
5785 files in this context are files such as
5786 /etc/systemd/systemd/foobar.service.d/*.conf)
5787
5788 * systemd-cgtop now optionally shows summed up CPU times of
5789 cgroups. Press '%' while running cgtop to switch between
5790 percentage and absolute mode. This is useful to determine
5791 which cgroups use up the most CPU time over the entire
5792 runtime of the system. systemd-cgtop has also been updated
5793 to be 'pipeable' for processing with further shell tools.
5794
5795 * 'hostnamectl set-hostname' will now allow setting of FQDN
5796 hostnames.
5797
5798 * The formatting and parsing of time span values has been
5799 changed. The parser now understands fractional expressions
5800 such as "5.5h". The formatter will now output fractional
5801 expressions for all time spans under 1min, i.e. "5.123456s"
5802 rather than "5s 123ms 456us". For time spans under 1s
5803 millisecond values are shown, for those under 1ms
5804 microsecond values are shown. This should greatly improve
5805 all time-related output of systemd.
5806
5807 * libsystemd-login and libsystemd-journal gained new
5808 functions for querying the poll() events mask and poll()
5809 timeout value for integration into arbitrary event
5810 loops.
5811
5812 * localectl gained the ability to list available X11 keymaps
5813 (models, layouts, variants, options).
5814
5815 * 'systemd-analyze dot' gained the ability to filter for
5816 specific units via shell-style globs, to create smaller,
5817 more useful graphs. I.e. it is now possible to create simple
5818 graphs of all the dependencies between only target units, or
5819 of all units that Avahi has dependencies with.
5820
5821 Contributions from: Cristian Rodríguez, Dr. Tilmann Bubeck,
5822 Harald Hoyer, Holger Hans Peter Freyther, Kay Sievers, Kelly
5823 Anderson, Koen Kooi, Lennart Poettering, Maksim Melnikau,
5824 Marc-Antoine Perennou, Marius Vollmer, Martin Pitt, Michal
5825 Schmidt, Oleksii Shevchuk, Ronny Chevalier, Simon McVittie,
5826 Steven Hiscocks, Thomas Weißschuh, Umut Tezduyar, Václav
5827 Pavlín, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Łukasz Stelmach
5828
5829 CHANGES WITH 200:
5830
5831 * The boot-time readahead implementation for rotating media
5832 will now read the read-ahead data in multiple passes which
5833 consist of all read requests made in equidistant time
5834 intervals. This means instead of strictly reading read-ahead
5835 data in its physical order on disk we now try to find a
5836 middle ground between physical and access time order.
5837
5838 * /etc/os-release files gained a new BUILD_ID= field for usage
5839 on operating systems that provide continuous builds of OS
5840 images.
5841
5842 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Eelco Dolstra, Kay Sievers,
5843 Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Martin Pitt, Václav Pavlín
5844 William Douglas, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
5845
5846 CHANGES WITH 199:
5847
5848 * systemd-python gained an API exposing libsystemd-daemon.
5849
5850 * The SMACK setup logic gained support for uploading CIPSO
5851 security policy.
5852
5853 * Behaviour of PrivateTmp=, ReadWriteDirectories=,
5854 ReadOnlyDirectories= and InaccessibleDirectories= has
5855 changed. The private /tmp and /var/tmp directories are now
5856 shared by all processes of a service (which means
5857 ExecStartPre= may now leave data in /tmp that ExecStart= of
5858 the same service can still access). When a service is
5859 stopped its temporary directories are immediately deleted
5860 (normal clean-up with tmpfiles is still done in addition to
5861 this though).
5862
5863 * By default, systemd will now set a couple of sysctl
5864 variables in the kernel: the safe sysrq options are turned
5865 on, IP route verification is turned on, and source routing
5866 disabled. The recently added hardlink and softlink
5867 protection of the kernel is turned on. These settings should
5868 be reasonably safe, and good defaults for all new systems.
5869
5870 * The predictable network naming logic may now be turned off
5871 with a new kernel command line switch: net.ifnames=0.
5872
5873 * A new libsystemd-bus module has been added that implements a
5874 pretty complete D-Bus client library. For details see:
5875
5876 https://lists.freedesktop.org/archives/systemd-devel/2013-March/009797.html
5877
5878 * journald will now explicitly flush the journal files to disk
5879 at the latest 5min after each write. The file will then also
5880 be marked offline until the next write. This should increase
5881 reliability in case of a crash. The synchronization delay
5882 can be configured via SyncIntervalSec= in journald.conf.
5883
5884 * There's a new remote-fs-setup.target unit that can be used
5885 to pull in specific services when at least one remote file
5886 system is to be mounted.
5887
5888 * There are new targets timers.target and paths.target as
5889 canonical targets to pull user timer and path units in
5890 from. This complements sockets.target with a similar
5891 purpose for socket units.
5892
5893 * libudev gained a new call udev_device_set_attribute_value()
5894 to set sysfs attributes of a device.
5895
5896 * The udev daemon now sets the default number of worker
5897 processes executed in parallel based on the number of available
5898 CPUs instead of the amount of available RAM. This is supposed
5899 to provide a more reliable default and limit a too aggressive
5900 parallelism for setups with 1000s of devices connected.
5901
5902 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Colin Walters, Cristian
5903 Rodríguez, Daniel Buch, Dave Reisner, Frederic Crozat, Hannes
5904 Reinecke, Harald Hoyer, Jan Alexander Steffens, Jan
5905 Engelhardt, Josh Triplett, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering,
5906 Mantas Mikulėnas, Martin Pitt, Mathieu Bridon, Michael Biebl,
5907 Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Miklos Vajna, Nathaniel Chen,
5908 Oleksii Shevchuk, Ozan Çağlayan, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel
5909 Andersen, Tollef Fog Heen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar,
5910 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
5911
5912 CHANGES WITH 198:
5913
5914 * Configuration of unit files may now be extended via drop-in
5915 files without having to edit/override the unit files
5916 themselves. More specifically, if the administrator wants to
5917 change one value for a service file foobar.service he can
5918 now do so by dropping in a configuration snippet into
5919 /etc/systemd/system/foobar.service.d/*.conf. The unit logic
5920 will load all these snippets and apply them on top of the
5921 main unit configuration file, possibly extending or
5922 overriding its settings. Using these drop-in snippets is
5923 generally nicer than the two earlier options for changing
5924 unit files locally: copying the files from
5925 /usr/lib/systemd/system/ to /etc/systemd/system/ and editing
5926 them there; or creating a new file in /etc/systemd/system/
5927 that incorporates the original one via ".include". Drop-in
5928 snippets into these .d/ directories can be placed in any
5929 directory systemd looks for units in, and the usual
5930 overriding semantics between /usr/lib, /etc and /run apply
5931 for them too.
5932
5933 * Most unit file settings which take lists of items can now be
5934 reset by assigning the empty string to them. For example,
5935 normally, settings such as Environment=FOO=BAR append a new
5936 environment variable assignment to the environment block,
5937 each time they are used. By assigning Environment= the empty
5938 string the environment block can be reset to empty. This is
5939 particularly useful with the .d/*.conf drop-in snippets
5940 mentioned above, since this adds the ability to reset list
5941 settings from vendor unit files via these drop-ins.
5942
5943 * systemctl gained a new "list-dependencies" command for
5944 listing the dependencies of a unit recursively.
5945
5946 * Inhibitors are now honored and listed by "systemctl
5947 suspend", "systemctl poweroff" (and similar) too, not only
5948 GNOME. These commands will also list active sessions by
5949 other users.
5950
5951 * Resource limits (as exposed by the various control group
5952 controllers) can now be controlled dynamically at runtime
5953 for all units. More specifically, you can now use a command
5954 like "systemctl set-cgroup-attr foobar.service cpu.shares
5955 2000" to alter the CPU shares a specific service gets. These
5956 settings are stored persistently on disk, and thus allow the
5957 administrator to easily adjust the resource usage of
5958 services with a few simple commands. This dynamic resource
5959 management logic is also available to other programs via the
5960 bus. Almost any kernel cgroup attribute and controller is
5961 supported.
5962
5963 * systemd-vconsole-setup will now copy all font settings to
5964 all allocated VTs, where it previously applied them only to
5965 the foreground VT.
5966
5967 * libsystemd-login gained the new sd_session_get_tty() API
5968 call.
5969
5970 * This release drops support for a few legacy or
5971 distribution-specific LSB facility names when parsing init
5972 scripts: $x-display-manager, $mail-transfer-agent,
5973 $mail-transport-agent, $mail-transfer-agent, $smtp,
5974 $null. Also, the mail-transfer-agent.target unit backing
5975 this has been removed. Distributions which want to retain
5976 compatibility with this should carry the burden for
5977 supporting this themselves and patch support for these back
5978 in, if they really need to. Also, the facilities $syslog and
5979 $local_fs are now ignored, since systemd does not support
5980 early-boot LSB init scripts anymore, and these facilities
5981 are implied anyway for normal services. syslog.target has
5982 also been removed.
5983
5984 * There are new bus calls on PID1's Manager object for
5985 cancelling jobs, and removing snapshot units. Previously,
5986 both calls were only available on the Job and Snapshot
5987 objects themselves.
5988
5989 * systemd-journal-gatewayd gained SSL support.
5990
5991 * The various "environment" files, such as /etc/locale.conf
5992 now support continuation lines with a backslash ("\") as
5993 last character in the line, similarly in style (but different)
5994 to how this is supported in shells.
5995
5996 * For normal user processes the _SYSTEMD_USER_UNIT= field is
5997 now implicitly appended to every log entry logged. systemctl
5998 has been updated to filter by this field when operating on a
5999 user systemd instance.
6000
6001 * nspawn will now implicitly add the CAP_AUDIT_WRITE and
6002 CAP_AUDIT_CONTROL capabilities to the capabilities set for
6003 the container. This makes it easier to boot unmodified
6004 Fedora systems in a container, which however still requires
6005 audit=0 to be passed on the kernel command line. Auditing in
6006 kernel and userspace is unfortunately still too broken in
6007 context of containers, hence we recommend compiling it out
6008 of the kernel or using audit=0. Hopefully this will be fixed
6009 one day for good in the kernel.
6010
6011 * nspawn gained the new --bind= and --bind-ro= parameters to
6012 bind mount specific directories from the host into the
6013 container.
6014
6015 * nspawn will now mount its own devpts file system instance
6016 into the container, in order not to leak pty devices from
6017 the host into the container.
6018
6019 * systemd will now read the firmware boot time performance
6020 information from the EFI variables, if the used boot loader
6021 supports this, and takes it into account for boot performance
6022 analysis via "systemd-analyze". This is currently supported
6023 only in conjunction with Gummiboot, but could be supported
6024 by other boot loaders too. For details see:
6025
6026 https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/BootLoaderInterface
6027
6028 * A new generator has been added that automatically mounts the
6029 EFI System Partition (ESP) to /boot, if that directory
6030 exists, is empty, and no other file system has been
6031 configured to be mounted there.
6032
6033 * logind will now send out PrepareForSleep(false) out
6034 unconditionally, after coming back from suspend. This may be
6035 used by applications as asynchronous notification for
6036 system resume events.
6037
6038 * "systemctl unlock-sessions" has been added, that allows
6039 unlocking the screens of all user sessions at once, similar
6040 to how "systemctl lock-sessions" already locked all users
6041 sessions. This is backed by a new D-Bus call UnlockSessions().
6042
6043 * "loginctl seat-status" will now show the master device of a
6044 seat. (i.e. the device of a seat that needs to be around for
6045 the seat to be considered available, usually the graphics
6046 card).
6047
6048 * tmpfiles gained a new "X" line type, that allows
6049 configuration of files and directories (with wildcards) that
6050 shall be excluded from automatic cleanup ("aging").
6051
6052 * udev default rules set the device node permissions now only
6053 at "add" events, and do not change them any longer with a
6054 later "change" event.
6055
6056 * The log messages for lid events and power/sleep keypresses
6057 now carry a message ID.
6058
6059 * We now have a substantially larger unit test suite, but this
6060 continues to be work in progress.
6061
6062 * udevadm hwdb gained a new --root= parameter to change the
6063 root directory to operate relative to.
6064
6065 * logind will now issue a background sync() request to the kernel
6066 early at shutdown, so that dirty buffers are flushed to disk early
6067 instead of at the last moment, in order to optimize shutdown
6068 times a little.
6069
6070 * A new bootctl tool has been added that is an interface for
6071 certain boot loader operations. This is currently a preview
6072 and is likely to be extended into a small mechanism daemon
6073 like timedated, localed, hostnamed, and can be used by
6074 graphical UIs to enumerate available boot options, and
6075 request boot into firmware operations.
6076
6077 * systemd-bootchart has been relicensed to LGPLv2.1+ to match
6078 the rest of the package. It also has been updated to work
6079 correctly in initrds.
6080
6081 * Policykit previously has been runtime optional, and is now
6082 also compile time optional via a configure switch.
6083
6084 * systemd-analyze has been reimplemented in C. Also "systemctl
6085 dot" has moved into systemd-analyze.
6086
6087 * "systemctl status" with no further parameters will now print
6088 the status of all active or failed units.
6089
6090 * Operations such as "systemctl start" can now be executed
6091 with a new mode "--irreversible" which may be used to queue
6092 operations that cannot accidentally be reversed by a later
6093 job queuing. This is by default used to make shutdown
6094 requests more robust.
6095
6096 * The Python API of systemd now gained a new module for
6097 reading journal files.
6098
6099 * A new tool kernel-install has been added that can install
6100 kernel images according to the Boot Loader Specification:
6101
6102 https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Specifications/BootLoaderSpec
6103
6104 * Boot time console output has been improved to provide
6105 animated boot time output for hanging jobs.
6106
6107 * A new tool systemd-activate has been added which can be used
6108 to test socket activation with, directly from the command
6109 line. This should make it much easier to test and debug
6110 socket activation in daemons.
6111
6112 * journalctl gained a new "--reverse" (or -r) option to show
6113 journal output in reverse order (i.e. newest line first).
6114
6115 * journalctl gained a new "--pager-end" (or -e) option to jump
6116 to immediately jump to the end of the journal in the
6117 pager. This is only supported in conjunction with "less".
6118
6119 * journalctl gained a new "--user-unit=" option, that works
6120 similarly to "--unit=" but filters for user units rather than
6121 system units.
6122
6123 * A number of unit files to ease adoption of systemd in
6124 initrds has been added. This moves some minimal logic from
6125 the various initrd implementations into systemd proper.
6126
6127 * The journal files are now owned by a new group
6128 "systemd-journal", which exists specifically to allow access
6129 to the journal, and nothing else. Previously, we used the
6130 "adm" group for that, which however possibly covers more
6131 than just journal/log file access. This new group is now
6132 already used by systemd-journal-gatewayd to ensure this
6133 daemon gets access to the journal files and as little else
6134 as possible. Note that "make install" will also set FS ACLs
6135 up for /var/log/journal to give "adm" and "wheel" read
6136 access to it, in addition to "systemd-journal" which owns
6137 the journal files. We recommend that packaging scripts also
6138 add read access to "adm" + "wheel" to /var/log/journal, and
6139 all existing/future journal files. To normal users and
6140 administrators little changes, however packagers need to
6141 ensure to create the "systemd-journal" system group at
6142 package installation time.
6143
6144 * The systemd-journal-gatewayd now runs as unprivileged user
6145 systemd-journal-gateway:systemd-journal-gateway. Packaging
6146 scripts need to create these system user/group at
6147 installation time.
6148
6149 * timedated now exposes a new boolean property CanNTP that
6150 indicates whether a local NTP service is available or not.
6151
6152 * systemd-detect-virt will now also detect xen PVs
6153
6154 * The pstore file system is now mounted by default, if it is
6155 available.
6156
6157 * In addition to the SELinux and IMA policies we will now also
6158 load SMACK policies at early boot.
6159
6160 Contributions from: Adel Gadllah, Aleksander Morgado, Auke
6161 Kok, Ayan George, Bastien Nocera, Colin Walters, Daniel Buch,
6162 Daniel Wallace, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, David Strauss,
6163 Eelco Dolstra, Enrico Scholz, Frederic Crozat, Harald Hoyer,
6164 Jan Janssen, Jonathan Callen, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering,
6165 Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Antoine Perennou, Martin
6166 Pitt, Mauro Dreissig, Max F. Albrecht, Michael Biebl, Michael
6167 Olbrich, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Michal Vyskocil,
6168 Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Mirco Tischler, Nathaniel Chen, Nestor
6169 Ovroy, Oleksii Shevchuk, Paul W. Frields, Piotr Drąg, Rob
6170 Clark, Ryan Lortie, Simon McVittie, Simon Peeters, Steven
6171 Hiscocks, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tollef Fog Heen, Tom
6172 Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar, William Giokas, Zbigniew
6173 Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zeeshan Ali (Khattak)
6174
6175 CHANGES WITH 197:
6176
6177 * Timer units now support calendar time events in addition to
6178 monotonic time events. That means you can now trigger a unit
6179 based on a calendar time specification such as "Thu,Fri
6180 2013-*-1,5 11:12:13" which refers to 11:12:13 of the first
6181 or fifth day of any month of the year 2013, given that it is
6182 a thursday or friday. This brings timer event support
6183 considerably closer to cron's capabilities. For details on
6184 the supported calendar time specification language see
6185 systemd.time(7).
6186
6187 * udev now supports a number of different naming policies for
6188 network interfaces for predictable names, and a combination
6189 of these policies is now the default. Please see this wiki
6190 document for details:
6191
6192 https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/PredictableNetworkInterfaceNames
6193
6194 * Auke Kok's bootchart implementation has been added to the
6195 systemd tree. It is an optional component that can graph the
6196 boot in quite some detail. It is one of the best bootchart
6197 implementations around and minimal in its code and
6198 dependencies.
6199
6200 * nss-myhostname has been integrated into the systemd source
6201 tree. nss-myhostname guarantees that the local hostname
6202 always stays resolvable via NSS. It has been a weak
6203 requirement of systemd-hostnamed since a long time, and
6204 since its code is actually trivial we decided to just
6205 include it in systemd's source tree. It can be turned off
6206 with a configure switch.
6207
6208 * The read-ahead logic is now capable of properly detecting
6209 whether a btrfs file system is on SSD or rotating media, in
6210 order to optimize the read-ahead scheme. Previously, it was
6211 only capable of detecting this on traditional file systems
6212 such as ext4.
6213
6214 * In udev, additional device properties are now read from the
6215 IAB in addition to the OUI database. Also, Bluetooth company
6216 identities are attached to the devices as well.
6217
6218 * In service files %U may be used as specifier that is
6219 replaced by the configured user name of the service.
6220
6221 * nspawn may now be invoked without a controlling TTY. This
6222 makes it suitable for invocation as its own service. This
6223 may be used to set up a simple containerized server system
6224 using only core OS tools.
6225
6226 * systemd and nspawn can now accept socket file descriptors
6227 when they are started for socket activation. This enables
6228 implementation of socket activated nspawn
6229 containers. i.e. think about autospawning an entire OS image
6230 when the first SSH or HTTP connection is received. We expect
6231 that similar functionality will also be added to libvirt-lxc
6232 eventually.
6233
6234 * journalctl will now suppress ANSI color codes when
6235 presenting log data.
6236
6237 * systemctl will no longer show control group information for
6238 a unit if the control group is empty anyway.
6239
6240 * logind can now automatically suspend/hibernate/shutdown the
6241 system on idle.
6242
6243 * /etc/machine-info and hostnamed now also expose the chassis
6244 type of the system. This can be used to determine whether
6245 the local system is a laptop, desktop, handset or
6246 tablet. This information may either be configured by the
6247 user/vendor or is automatically determined from ACPI and DMI
6248 information if possible.
6249
6250 * A number of PolicyKit actions are now bound together with
6251 "imply" rules. This should simplify creating UIs because
6252 many actions will now authenticate similar ones as well.
6253
6254 * Unit files learnt a new condition ConditionACPower= which
6255 may be used to conditionalize a unit depending on whether an
6256 AC power source is connected or not, of whether the system
6257 is running on battery power.
6258
6259 * systemctl gained a new "is-failed" verb that may be used in
6260 shell scripts and suchlike to check whether a specific unit
6261 is in the "failed" state.
6262
6263 * The EnvironmentFile= setting in unit files now supports file
6264 globbing, and can hence be used to easily read a number of
6265 environment files at once.
6266
6267 * systemd will no longer detect and recognize specific
6268 distributions. All distribution-specific #ifdeffery has been
6269 removed, systemd is now fully generic and
6270 distribution-agnostic. Effectively, not too much is lost as
6271 a lot of the code is still accessible via explicit configure
6272 switches. However, support for some distribution specific
6273 legacy configuration file formats has been dropped. We
6274 recommend distributions to simply adopt the configuration
6275 files everybody else uses now and convert the old
6276 configuration from packaging scripts. Most distributions
6277 already did that. If that's not possible or desirable,
6278 distributions are welcome to forward port the specific
6279 pieces of code locally from the git history.
6280
6281 * When logging a message about a unit systemd will now always
6282 log the unit name in the message meta data.
6283
6284 * localectl will now also discover system locale data that is
6285 not stored in locale archives, but directly unpacked.
6286
6287 * logind will no longer unconditionally use framebuffer
6288 devices as seat masters, i.e. as devices that are required
6289 to be existing before a seat is considered preset. Instead,
6290 it will now look for all devices that are tagged as
6291 "seat-master" in udev. By default, framebuffer devices will
6292 be marked as such, but depending on local systems, other
6293 devices might be marked as well. This may be used to
6294 integrate graphics cards using closed source drivers (such
6295 as NVidia ones) more nicely into logind. Note however, that
6296 we recommend using the open source NVidia drivers instead,
6297 and no udev rules for the closed-source drivers will be
6298 shipped from us upstream.
6299
6300 Contributions from: Adam Williamson, Alessandro Crismani, Auke
6301 Kok, Colin Walters, Daniel Wallace, Dave Reisner, David
6302 Herrmann, David Strauss, Dimitrios Apostolou, Eelco Dolstra,
6303 Eric Benoit, Giovanni Campagna, Hannes Reinecke, Henrik
6304 Grindal Bakken, Hermann Gausterer, Kay Sievers, Lennart
6305 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel Holtmann,
6306 Martin Pitt, Matthew Monaco, Michael Biebl, Michael Terry,
6307 Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Oleg
6308 Samarin, Pekka Lundstrom, Philip Nilsson, Ramkumar
6309 Ramachandra, Richard Yao, Robert Millan, Sami Kerola, Shawn
6310 Landden, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Thomas Jarosch,
6311 Tollef Fog Heen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar, Zbigniew
6312 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
6313
6314 CHANGES WITH 196:
6315
6316 * udev gained support for loading additional device properties
6317 from an indexed database that is keyed by vendor/product IDs
6318 and similar device identifiers. For the beginning this
6319 "hwdb" is populated with data from the well-known PCI and
6320 USB database, but also includes PNP, ACPI and OID data. In
6321 the longer run this indexed database shall grow into
6322 becoming the one central database for non-essential
6323 userspace device metadata. Previously, data from the PCI/USB
6324 database was only attached to select devices, since the
6325 lookup was a relatively expensive operation due to O(n) time
6326 complexity (with n being the number of entries in the
6327 database). Since this is now O(1), we decided to add in this
6328 data for all devices where this is available, by
6329 default. Note that the indexed database needs to be rebuilt
6330 when new data files are installed. To achieve this you need
6331 to update your packaging scripts to invoke "udevadm hwdb
6332 --update" after installation of hwdb data files. For
6333 RPM-based distributions we introduced the new
6334 %udev_hwdb_update macro for this purpose.
6335
6336 * The Journal gained support for the "Message Catalog", an
6337 indexed database to link up additional information with
6338 journal entries. For further details please check:
6339
6340 https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/catalog
6341
6342 The indexed message catalog database also needs to be
6343 rebuilt after installation of message catalog files. Use
6344 "journalctl --update-catalog" for this. For RPM-based
6345 distributions we introduced the %journal_catalog_update
6346 macro for this purpose.
6347
6348 * The Python Journal bindings gained support for the standard
6349 Python logging framework.
6350
6351 * The Journal API gained new functions for checking whether
6352 the underlying file system of a journal file is capable of
6353 properly reporting file change notifications, or whether
6354 applications that want to reflect journal changes "live"
6355 need to recheck journal files continuously in appropriate
6356 time intervals.
6357
6358 * It is now possible to set the "age" field for tmpfiles
6359 entries to 0, indicating that files matching this entry
6360 shall always be removed when the directories are cleaned up.
6361
6362 * coredumpctl gained a new "gdb" verb which invokes gdb
6363 right-away on the selected coredump.
6364
6365 * There's now support for "hybrid sleep" on kernels that
6366 support this, in addition to "suspend" and "hibernate". Use
6367 "systemctl hybrid-sleep" to make use of this.
6368
6369 * logind's HandleSuspendKey= setting (and related settings)
6370 now gained support for a new "lock" setting to simply
6371 request the screen lock on all local sessions, instead of
6372 actually executing a suspend or hibernation.
6373
6374 * systemd will now mount the EFI variables file system by
6375 default.
6376
6377 * Socket units now gained support for configuration of the
6378 SMACK security label.
6379
6380 * timedatectl will now output the time of the last and next
6381 daylight saving change.
6382
6383 * We dropped support for various legacy and distro-specific
6384 concepts, such as insserv, early-boot SysV services
6385 (i.e. those for non-standard runlevels such as 'b' or 'S')
6386 or ArchLinux /etc/rc.conf support. We recommend the
6387 distributions who still need support this to either continue
6388 to maintain the necessary patches downstream, or find a
6389 different solution. (Talk to us if you have questions!)
6390
6391 * Various systemd components will now bypass PolicyKit checks
6392 for root and otherwise handle properly if PolicyKit is not
6393 found to be around. This should fix most issues for
6394 PolicyKit-less systems. Quite frankly this should have been
6395 this way since day one. It is absolutely our intention to
6396 make systemd work fine on PolicyKit-less systems, and we
6397 consider it a bug if something does not work as it should if
6398 PolicyKit is not around.
6399
6400 * For embedded systems it is now possible to build udev and
6401 systemd without blkid and/or kmod support.
6402
6403 * "systemctl switch-root" is now capable of switching root
6404 more than once. I.e. in addition to transitions from the
6405 initrd to the host OS it is now possible to transition to
6406 further OS images from the host. This is useful to implement
6407 offline updating tools.
6408
6409 * Various other additions have been made to the RPM macros
6410 shipped with systemd. Use %udev_rules_update() after
6411 installing new udev rules files. %_udevhwdbdir,
6412 %_udevrulesdir, %_journalcatalogdir, %_tmpfilesdir,
6413 %_sysctldir are now available which resolve to the right
6414 directories for packages to place various data files in.
6415
6416 * journalctl gained the new --full switch (in addition to
6417 --all, to disable ellipsation for long messages.
6418
6419 Contributions from: Anders Olofsson, Auke Kok, Ben Boeckel,
6420 Colin Walters, Cosimo Cecchi, Daniel Wallace, Dave Reisner,
6421 Eelco Dolstra, Holger Hans Peter Freyther, Kay Sievers,
6422 Chun-Yi Lee, Lekensteyn, Lennart Poettering, Mantas Mikulėnas,
6423 Marti Raudsepp, Martin Pitt, Mauro Dreissig, Michael Biebl,
6424 Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Miklos Vajna, Nis Martensen,
6425 Oleksii Shevchuk, Olivier Brunel, Ramkumar Ramachandra, Thomas
6426 Bächler, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Tony
6427 Camuso, Umut Tezduyar, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
6428
6429 CHANGES WITH 195:
6430
6431 * journalctl gained new --since= and --until= switches to
6432 filter by time. It also now supports nice filtering for
6433 units via --unit=/-u.
6434
6435 * Type=oneshot services may use ExecReload= and do the
6436 right thing.
6437
6438 * The journal daemon now supports time-based rotation and
6439 vacuuming, in addition to the usual disk-space based
6440 rotation.
6441
6442 * The journal will now index the available field values for
6443 each field name. This enables clients to show pretty drop
6444 downs of available match values when filtering. The bash
6445 completion of journalctl has been updated
6446 accordingly. journalctl gained a new switch -F to list all
6447 values a certain field takes in the journal database.
6448
6449 * More service events are now written as structured messages
6450 to the journal, and made recognizable via message IDs.
6451
6452 * The timedated, localed and hostnamed mini-services which
6453 previously only provided support for changing time, locale
6454 and hostname settings from graphical DEs such as GNOME now
6455 also have a minimal (but very useful) text-based client
6456 utility each. This is probably the nicest way to changing
6457 these settings from the command line now, especially since
6458 it lists available options and is fully integrated with bash
6459 completion.
6460
6461 * There's now a new tool "systemd-coredumpctl" to list and
6462 extract coredumps from the journal.
6463
6464 * We now install a README each in /var/log/ and
6465 /etc/rc.d/init.d explaining where the system logs and init
6466 scripts went. This hopefully should help folks who go to
6467 that dirs and look into the otherwise now empty void and
6468 scratch their heads.
6469
6470 * When user-services are invoked (by systemd --user) the
6471 $MANAGERPID env var is set to the PID of systemd.
6472
6473 * SIGRTMIN+24 when sent to a --user instance will now result
6474 in immediate termination of systemd.
6475
6476 * gatewayd received numerous feature additions such as a
6477 "follow" mode, for live syncing and filtering.
6478
6479 * browse.html now allows filtering and showing detailed
6480 information on specific entries. Keyboard navigation and
6481 mouse screen support has been added.
6482
6483 * gatewayd/journalctl now supports HTML5/JSON
6484 Server-Sent-Events as output.
6485
6486 * The SysV init script compatibility logic will now
6487 heuristically determine whether a script supports the
6488 "reload" verb, and only then make this available as
6489 "systemctl reload".
6490
6491 * "systemctl status --follow" has been removed, use "journalctl
6492 -u" instead.
6493
6494 * journald.conf's RuntimeMinSize=, PersistentMinSize= settings
6495 have been removed since they are hardly useful to be
6496 configured.
6497
6498 * And I'd like to take the opportunity to specifically mention
6499 Zbigniew for his great contributions. Zbigniew, you rock!
6500
6501 Contributions from: Andrew Eikum, Christian Hesse, Colin
6502 Guthrie, Daniel J Walsh, Dave Reisner, Eelco Dolstra, Ferenc
6503 Wágner, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas
6504 Mikulėnas, Martin Mikkelsen, Martin Pitt, Michael Olbrich,
6505 Michael Stapelberg, Michal Schmidt, Sebastian Ott, Thomas
6506 Bächler, Umut Tezduyar, Will Woods, Wulf C. Krueger, Zbigniew
6507 Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Сковорода Никита Андреевич
6508
6509 CHANGES WITH 194:
6510
6511 * If /etc/vconsole.conf is non-existent or empty we will no
6512 longer load any console font or key map at boot by
6513 default. Instead the kernel defaults will be left
6514 intact. This is definitely the right thing to do, as no
6515 configuration should mean no configuration, and hard-coding
6516 font names that are different on all archs is probably a bad
6517 idea. Also, the kernel default key map and font should be
6518 good enough for most cases anyway, and mostly identical to
6519 the userspace fonts/key maps we previously overloaded them
6520 with. If distributions want to continue to default to a
6521 non-kernel font or key map they should ship a default
6522 /etc/vconsole.conf with the appropriate contents.
6523
6524 Contributions from: Colin Walters, Daniel J Walsh, Dave
6525 Reisner, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Tollef
6526 Fog Heen, Tom Gundersen, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
6527
6528 CHANGES WITH 193:
6529
6530 * journalctl gained a new --cursor= switch to show entries
6531 starting from the specified location in the journal.
6532
6533 * We now enforce a size limit on journal entry fields exported
6534 with "-o json" in journalctl. Fields larger than 4K will be
6535 assigned null. This can be turned off with --all.
6536
6537 * An (optional) journal gateway daemon is now available as
6538 "systemd-journal-gatewayd.service". This service provides
6539 access to the journal via HTTP and JSON. This functionality
6540 will be used to implement live log synchronization in both
6541 pull and push modes, but has various other users too, such
6542 as easy log access for debugging of embedded devices. Right
6543 now it is already useful to retrieve the journal via HTTP:
6544
6545 # systemctl start systemd-journal-gatewayd.service
6546 # wget http://localhost:19531/entries
6547
6548 This will download the journal contents in a
6549 /var/log/messages compatible format. The same as JSON:
6550
6551 # curl -H"Accept: application/json" http://localhost:19531/entries
6552
6553 This service is also accessible via a web browser where a
6554 single static HTML5 app is served that uses the JSON logic
6555 to enable the user to do some basic browsing of the
6556 journal. This will be extended later on. Here's an example
6557 screenshot of this app in its current state:
6558
6559 http://0pointer.de/public/journal-gatewayd
6560
6561 Contributions from: Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Robert
6562 Milasan, Tom Gundersen
6563
6564 CHANGES WITH 192:
6565
6566 * The bash completion logic is now available for journalctl
6567 too.
6568
6569 * We do not mount the "cpuset" controller anymore together with
6570 "cpu" and "cpuacct", as "cpuset" groups generally cannot be
6571 started if no parameters are assigned to it. "cpuset" hence
6572 broke code that assumed it could create "cpu" groups and
6573 just start them.
6574
6575 * journalctl -f will now subscribe to terminal size changes,
6576 and line break accordingly.
6577
6578 Contributions from: Dave Reisner, Kay Sievers, Lennart
6579 Poettering, Lukas Nykrynm, Mirco Tischler, Václav Pavlín
6580
6581 CHANGES WITH 191:
6582
6583 * nspawn will now create a symlink /etc/localtime in the
6584 container environment, copying the host's timezone
6585 setting. Previously this has been done via a bind mount, but
6586 since symlinks cannot be bind mounted this has now been
6587 changed to create/update the appropriate symlink.
6588
6589 * journalctl -n's line number argument is now optional, and
6590 will default to 10 if omitted.
6591
6592 * journald will now log the maximum size the journal files may
6593 take up on disk. This is particularly useful if the default
6594 built-in logic of determining this parameter from the file
6595 system size is used. Use "systemctl status
6596 systemd-journald.service" to see this information.
6597
6598 * The multi-seat X wrapper tool has been stripped down. As X
6599 is now capable of enumerating graphics devices via udev in a
6600 seat-aware way the wrapper is not strictly necessary
6601 anymore. A stripped down temporary stop-gap is still shipped
6602 until the upstream display managers have been updated to
6603 fully support the new X logic. Expect this wrapper to be
6604 removed entirely in one of the next releases.
6605
6606 * HandleSleepKey= in logind.conf has been split up into
6607 HandleSuspendKey= and HandleHibernateKey=. The old setting
6608 is not available anymore. X11 and the kernel are
6609 distinguishing between these keys and we should too. This
6610 also means the inhibition lock for these keys has been split
6611 into two.
6612
6613 Contributions from: Dave Airlie, Eelco Dolstra, Lennart
6614 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Václav Pavlín
6615
6616 CHANGES WITH 190:
6617
6618 * Whenever a unit changes state we will now log this to the
6619 journal and show along the unit's own log output in
6620 "systemctl status".
6621
6622 * ConditionPathIsMountPoint= can now properly detect bind
6623 mount points too. (Previously, a bind mount of one file
6624 system to another place in the same file system could not be
6625 detected as mount, since they shared struct stat's st_dev
6626 field.)
6627
6628 * We will now mount the cgroup controllers cpu, cpuacct,
6629 cpuset and the controllers net_cls, net_prio together by
6630 default.
6631
6632 * nspawn containers will now have a virtualized boot
6633 ID. (i.e. /proc/sys/kernel/random/boot_id is now mounted
6634 over with a randomized ID at container initialization). This
6635 has the effect of making "journalctl -b" do the right thing
6636 in a container.
6637
6638 * The JSON output journal serialization has been updated not
6639 to generate "endless" list objects anymore, but rather one
6640 JSON object per line. This is more in line how most JSON
6641 parsers expect JSON objects. The new output mode
6642 "json-pretty" has been added to provide similar output, but
6643 neatly aligned for readability by humans.
6644
6645 * We dropped all explicit sync() invocations in the shutdown
6646 code. The kernel does this implicitly anyway in the kernel
6647 reboot() syscall. halt(8)'s -n option is now a compatibility
6648 no-op.
6649
6650 * We now support virtualized reboot() in containers, as
6651 supported by newer kernels. We will fall back to exit() if
6652 CAP_SYS_REBOOT is not available to the container. Also,
6653 nspawn makes use of this now and will actually reboot the
6654 container if the containerized OS asks for that.
6655
6656 * journalctl will only show local log output by default
6657 now. Use --merge (-m) to show remote log output, too.
6658
6659 * libsystemd-journal gained the new sd_journal_get_usage()
6660 call to determine the current disk usage of all journal
6661 files. This is exposed in the new "journalctl --disk-usage"
6662 command.
6663
6664 * journald gained a new configuration setting SplitMode= in
6665 journald.conf which may be used to control how user journals
6666 are split off. See journald.conf(5) for details.
6667
6668 * A new condition type ConditionFileNotEmpty= has been added.
6669
6670 * tmpfiles' "w" lines now support file globbing, to write
6671 multiple files at once.
6672
6673 * We added Python bindings for the journal submission
6674 APIs. More Python APIs for a number of selected APIs will
6675 likely follow. Note that we intend to add native bindings
6676 only for the Python language, as we consider it common
6677 enough to deserve bindings shipped within systemd. There are
6678 various projects outside of systemd that provide bindings
6679 for languages such as PHP or Lua.
6680
6681 * Many conditions will now resolve specifiers such as %i. In
6682 addition, PathChanged= and related directives of .path units
6683 now support specifiers as well.
6684
6685 * There's now a new RPM macro definition for the system preset
6686 dir: %_presetdir.
6687
6688 * journald will now warn if it ca not forward a message to the
6689 syslog daemon because its socket is full.
6690
6691 * timedated will no longer write or process /etc/timezone,
6692 except on Debian. As we do not support late mounted /usr
6693 anymore /etc/localtime always being a symlink is now safe,
6694 and hence the information in /etc/timezone is not necessary
6695 anymore.
6696
6697 * logind will now always reserve one VT for a text getty (VT6
6698 by default). Previously if more than 6 X sessions where
6699 started they took up all the VTs with auto-spawned gettys,
6700 so that no text gettys were available anymore.
6701
6702 * udev will now automatically inform the btrfs kernel logic
6703 about btrfs RAID components showing up. This should make
6704 simple hotplug based btrfs RAID assembly work.
6705
6706 * PID 1 will now increase its RLIMIT_NOFILE to 64K by default
6707 (but not for its children which will stay at the kernel
6708 default). This should allow setups with a lot more listening
6709 sockets.
6710
6711 * systemd will now always pass the configured timezone to the
6712 kernel at boot. timedated will do the same when the timezone
6713 is changed.
6714
6715 * logind's inhibition logic has been updated. By default,
6716 logind will now handle the lid switch, the power and sleep
6717 keys all the time, even in graphical sessions. If DEs want
6718 to handle these events on their own they should take the new
6719 handle-power-key, handle-sleep-key and handle-lid-switch
6720 inhibitors during their runtime. A simple way to achieve
6721 that is to invoke the DE wrapped in an invocation of:
6722
6723 systemd-inhibit --what=handle-power-key:handle-sleep-key:handle-lid-switch ...
6724
6725 * Access to unit operations is now checked via SELinux taking
6726 the unit file label and client process label into account.
6727
6728 * systemd will now notify the administrator in the journal
6729 when he over-mounts a non-empty directory.
6730
6731 * There are new specifiers that are resolved in unit files,
6732 for the host name (%H), the machine ID (%m) and the boot ID
6733 (%b).
6734
6735 Contributions from: Allin Cottrell, Auke Kok, Brandon Philips,
6736 Colin Guthrie, Colin Walters, Daniel J Walsh, Dave Reisner,
6737 Eelco Dolstra, Jan Engelhardt, Kay Sievers, Lennart
6738 Poettering, Lucas De Marchi, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas,
6739 Martin Pitt, Matthias Clasen, Michael Olbrich, Pierre Schmitz,
6740 Shawn Landden, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen,
6741 Václav Pavlín, Yin Kangkai, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
6742
6743 CHANGES WITH 189:
6744
6745 * Support for reading structured kernel messages from
6746 /dev/kmsg has now been added and is enabled by default.
6747
6748 * Support for reading kernel messages from /proc/kmsg has now
6749 been removed. If you want kernel messages in the journal
6750 make sure to run a recent kernel (>= 3.5) that supports
6751 reading structured messages from /dev/kmsg (see
6752 above). /proc/kmsg is now exclusive property of classic
6753 syslog daemons again.
6754
6755 * The libudev API gained the new
6756 udev_device_new_from_device_id() call.
6757
6758 * The logic for file system namespace (ReadOnlyDirectory=,
6759 ReadWriteDirectoy=, PrivateTmp=) has been reworked not to
6760 require pivot_root() anymore. This means fewer temporary
6761 directories are created below /tmp for this feature.
6762
6763 * nspawn containers will now see and receive all submounts
6764 made on the host OS below the root file system of the
6765 container.
6766
6767 * Forward Secure Sealing is now supported for Journal files,
6768 which provide cryptographical sealing of journal files so
6769 that attackers cannot alter log history anymore without this
6770 being detectable. Lennart will soon post a blog story about
6771 this explaining it in more detail.
6772
6773 * There are two new service settings RestartPreventExitStatus=
6774 and SuccessExitStatus= which allow configuration of exit
6775 status (exit code or signal) which will be excepted from the
6776 restart logic, resp. consider successful.
6777
6778 * journalctl gained the new --verify switch that can be used
6779 to check the integrity of the structure of journal files and
6780 (if Forward Secure Sealing is enabled) the contents of
6781 journal files.
6782
6783 * nspawn containers will now be run with /dev/stdin, /dev/fd/
6784 and similar symlinks pre-created. This makes running shells
6785 as container init process a lot more fun.
6786
6787 * The fstab support can now handle PARTUUID= and PARTLABEL=
6788 entries.
6789
6790 * A new ConditionHost= condition has been added to match
6791 against the hostname (with globs) and machine ID. This is
6792 useful for clusters where a single OS image is used to
6793 provision a large number of hosts which shall run slightly
6794 different sets of services.
6795
6796 * Services which hit the restart limit will now be placed in a
6797 failure state.
6798
6799 Contributions from: Bertram Poettering, Dave Reisner, Huang
6800 Hang, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Martin
6801 Pitt, Simon Peeters, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
6802
6803 CHANGES WITH 188:
6804
6805 * When running in --user mode systemd will now become a
6806 subreaper (PR_SET_CHILD_SUBREAPER). This should make the ps
6807 tree a lot more organized.
6808
6809 * A new PartOf= unit dependency type has been introduced that
6810 may be used to group services in a natural way.
6811
6812 * "systemctl enable" may now be used to enable instances of
6813 services.
6814
6815 * journalctl now prints error log levels in red, and
6816 warning/notice log levels in bright white. It also supports
6817 filtering by log level now.
6818
6819 * cgtop gained a new -n switch (similar to top), to configure
6820 the maximum number of iterations to run for. It also gained
6821 -b, to run in batch mode (accepting no input).
6822
6823 * The suffix ".service" may now be omitted on most systemctl
6824 command lines involving service unit names.
6825
6826 * There's a new bus call in logind to lock all sessions, as
6827 well as a loginctl verb for it "lock-sessions".
6828
6829 * libsystemd-logind.so gained a new call sd_journal_perror()
6830 that works similar to libc perror() but logs to the journal
6831 and encodes structured information about the error number.
6832
6833 * /etc/crypttab entries now understand the new keyfile-size=
6834 option.
6835
6836 * shutdown(8) now can send a (configurable) wall message when
6837 a shutdown is cancelled.
6838
6839 * The mount propagation mode for the root file system will now
6840 default to "shared", which is useful to make containers work
6841 nicely out-of-the-box so that they receive new mounts from
6842 the host. This can be undone locally by running "mount
6843 --make-rprivate /" if needed.
6844
6845 * The prefdm.service file has been removed. Distributions
6846 should maintain this unit downstream if they intend to keep
6847 it around. However, we recommend writing normal unit files
6848 for display managers instead.
6849
6850 * Since systemd is a crucial part of the OS we will now
6851 default to a number of compiler switches that improve
6852 security (hardening) such as read-only relocations, stack
6853 protection, and suchlike.
6854
6855 * The TimeoutSec= setting for services is now split into
6856 TimeoutStartSec= and TimeoutStopSec= to allow configuration
6857 of individual time outs for the start and the stop phase of
6858 the service.
6859
6860 Contributions from: Artur Zaprzala, Arvydas Sidorenko, Auke
6861 Kok, Bryan Kadzban, Dave Reisner, David Strauss, Harald Hoyer,
6862 Jim Meyering, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Mantas
6863 Mikulėnas, Martin Pitt, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Peter
6864 Alfredsen, Shawn Landden, Simon Peeters, Terence Honles, Tom
6865 Gundersen, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
6866
6867 CHANGES WITH 187:
6868
6869 * The journal and id128 C APIs are now fully documented as man
6870 pages.
6871
6872 * Extra safety checks have been added when transitioning from
6873 the initial RAM disk to the main system to avoid accidental
6874 data loss.
6875
6876 * /etc/crypttab entries now understand the new keyfile-offset=
6877 option.
6878
6879 * systemctl -t can now be used to filter by unit load state.
6880
6881 * The journal C API gained the new sd_journal_wait() call to
6882 make writing synchronous journal clients easier.
6883
6884 * journalctl gained the new -D switch to show journals from a
6885 specific directory.
6886
6887 * journalctl now displays a special marker between log
6888 messages of two different boots.
6889
6890 * The journal is now explicitly flushed to /var via a service
6891 systemd-journal-flush.service, rather than implicitly simply
6892 by seeing /var/log/journal to be writable.
6893
6894 * journalctl (and the journal C APIs) can now match for much
6895 more complex expressions, with alternatives and
6896 disjunctions.
6897
6898 * When transitioning from the initial RAM disk to the main
6899 system we will now kill all processes in a killing spree to
6900 ensure no processes stay around by accident.
6901
6902 * Three new specifiers may be used in unit files: %u, %h, %s
6903 resolve to the user name, user home directory resp. user
6904 shell. This is useful for running systemd user instances.
6905
6906 * We now automatically rotate journal files if their data
6907 object hash table gets a fill level > 75%. We also size the
6908 hash table based on the configured maximum file size. This
6909 together should lower hash collisions drastically and thus
6910 speed things up a bit.
6911
6912 * journalctl gained the new "--header" switch to introspect
6913 header data of journal files.
6914
6915 * A new setting SystemCallFilters= has been added to services
6916 which may be used to apply blacklists or whitelists to
6917 system calls. This is based on SECCOMP Mode 2 of Linux 3.5.
6918
6919 * nspawn gained a new --link-journal= switch (and quicker: -j)
6920 to link the container journal with the host. This makes it
6921 very easy to centralize log viewing on the host for all
6922 guests while still keeping the journal files separated.
6923
6924 * Many bugfixes and optimizations
6925
6926 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Eelco Dolstra, Harald Hoyer, Kay
6927 Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Malte Starostik, Paul Menzel, Rex
6928 Tsai, Shawn Landden, Tom Gundersen, Ville Skyttä, Zbigniew
6929 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
6930
6931 CHANGES WITH 186:
6932
6933 * Several tools now understand kernel command line arguments,
6934 which are only read when run in an initial RAM disk. They
6935 usually follow closely their normal counterparts, but are
6936 prefixed with rd.
6937
6938 * There's a new tool to analyze the readahead files that are
6939 automatically generated at boot. Use:
6940
6941 /usr/lib/systemd/systemd-readahead analyze /.readahead
6942
6943 * We now provide an early debug shell on tty9 if this enabled. Use:
6944
6945 systemctl enable debug-shell.service
6946
6947 * All plymouth related units have been moved into the Plymouth
6948 package. Please make sure to upgrade your Plymouth version
6949 as well.
6950
6951 * systemd-tmpfiles now supports getting passed the basename of
6952 a configuration file only, in which case it will look for it
6953 in all appropriate directories automatically.
6954
6955 * udevadm info now takes a /dev or /sys path as argument, and
6956 does the right thing. Example:
6957
6958 udevadm info /dev/sda
6959 udevadm info /sys/class/block/sda
6960
6961 * systemctl now prints a warning if a unit is stopped but a
6962 unit that might trigger it continues to run. Example: a
6963 service is stopped but the socket that activates it is left
6964 running.
6965
6966 * "systemctl status" will now mention if the log output was
6967 shortened due to rotation since a service has been started.
6968
6969 * The journal API now exposes functions to determine the
6970 "cutoff" times due to rotation.
6971
6972 * journald now understands SIGUSR1 and SIGUSR2 for triggering
6973 immediately flushing of runtime logs to /var if possible,
6974 resp. for triggering immediate rotation of the journal
6975 files.
6976
6977 * It is now considered an error if a service is attempted to
6978 be stopped that is not loaded.
6979
6980 * XDG_RUNTIME_DIR now uses numeric UIDs instead of usernames.
6981
6982 * systemd-analyze now supports Python 3
6983
6984 * tmpfiles now supports cleaning up directories via aging
6985 where the first level dirs are always kept around but
6986 directories beneath it automatically aged. This is enabled
6987 by prefixing the age field with '~'.
6988
6989 * Seat objects now expose CanGraphical, CanTTY properties
6990 which is required to deal with very fast bootups where the
6991 display manager might be running before the graphics drivers
6992 completed initialization.
6993
6994 * Seat objects now expose a State property.
6995
6996 * We now include RPM macros for service enabling/disabling
6997 based on the preset logic. We recommend RPM based
6998 distributions to make use of these macros if possible. This
6999 makes it simpler to reuse RPM spec files across
7000 distributions.
7001
7002 * We now make sure that the collected systemd unit name is
7003 always valid when services log to the journal via
7004 STDOUT/STDERR.
7005
7006 * There's a new man page kernel-command-line(7) detailing all
7007 command line options we understand.
7008
7009 * The fstab generator may now be disabled at boot by passing
7010 fstab=0 on the kernel command line.
7011
7012 * A new kernel command line option modules-load= is now understood
7013 to load a specific kernel module statically, early at boot.
7014
7015 * Unit names specified on the systemctl command line are now
7016 automatically escaped as needed. Also, if file system or
7017 device paths are specified they are automatically turned
7018 into the appropriate mount or device unit names. Example:
7019
7020 systemctl status /home
7021 systemctl status /dev/sda
7022
7023 * The SysVConsole= configuration option has been removed from
7024 system.conf parsing.
7025
7026 * The SysV search path is no longer exported on the D-Bus
7027 Manager object.
7028
7029 * The Names= option has been removed from unit file parsing.
7030
7031 * There's a new man page bootup(7) detailing the boot process.
7032
7033 * Every unit and every generator we ship with systemd now
7034 comes with full documentation. The self-explanatory boot is
7035 complete.
7036
7037 * A couple of services gained "systemd-" prefixes in their
7038 name if they wrap systemd code, rather than only external
7039 code. Among them fsck@.service which is now
7040 systemd-fsck@.service.
7041
7042 * The HaveWatchdog property has been removed from the D-Bus
7043 Manager object.
7044
7045 * systemd.confirm_spawn= on the kernel command line should now
7046 work sensibly.
7047
7048 * There's a new man page crypttab(5) which details all options
7049 we actually understand.
7050
7051 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --capability= switch to pass
7052 additional capabilities to the container.
7053
7054 * timedated will now read known NTP implementation unit names
7055 from /usr/lib/systemd/ntp-units.d/*.list,
7056 systemd-timedated-ntp.target has been removed.
7057
7058 * journalctl gained a new switch "-b" that lists log data of
7059 the current boot only.
7060
7061 * The notify socket is in the abstract namespace again, in
7062 order to support daemons which chroot() at start-up.
7063
7064 * There is a new Storage= configuration option for journald
7065 which allows configuration of where log data should go. This
7066 also provides a way to disable journal logging entirely, so
7067 that data collected is only forwarded to the console, the
7068 kernel log buffer or another syslog implementation.
7069
7070 * Many bugfixes and optimizations
7071
7072 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Colin Guthrie, Dave Reisner,
7073 David Strauss, Eelco Dolstra, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering,
7074 Lukas Nykryn, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Paul Menzel,
7075 Shawn Landden, Tom Gundersen
7076
7077 CHANGES WITH 185:
7078
7079 * "systemctl help <unit>" now shows the man page if one is
7080 available.
7081
7082 * Several new man pages have been added.
7083
7084 * MaxLevelStore=, MaxLevelSyslog=, MaxLevelKMsg=,
7085 MaxLevelConsole= can now be specified in
7086 journald.conf. These options allow reducing the amount of
7087 data stored on disk or forwarded by the log level.
7088
7089 * TimerSlackNSec= can now be specified in system.conf for
7090 PID1. This allows system-wide power savings.
7091
7092 Contributions from: Dave Reisner, Kay Sievers, Lauri Kasanen,
7093 Lennart Poettering, Malte Starostik, Marc-Antoine Perennou,
7094 Matthias Clasen
7095
7096 CHANGES WITH 184:
7097
7098 * logind is now capable of (optionally) handling power and
7099 sleep keys as well as the lid switch.
7100
7101 * journalctl now understands the syntax "journalctl
7102 /usr/bin/avahi-daemon" to get all log output of a specific
7103 daemon.
7104
7105 * CapabilityBoundingSet= in system.conf now also influences
7106 the capability bound set of usermode helpers of the kernel.
7107
7108 Contributions from: Daniel Drake, Daniel J. Walsh, Gert
7109 Michael Kulyk, Harald Hoyer, Jean Delvare, Kay Sievers,
7110 Lennart Poettering, Matthew Garrett, Matthias Clasen, Paul
7111 Menzel, Shawn Landden, Tero Roponen, Tom Gundersen
7112
7113 CHANGES WITH 183:
7114
7115 * Note that we skipped 139 releases here in order to set the
7116 new version to something that is greater than both udev's
7117 and systemd's most recent version number.
7118
7119 * udev: all udev sources are merged into the systemd source tree now.
7120 All future udev development will happen in the systemd tree. It
7121 is still fully supported to use the udev daemon and tools without
7122 systemd running, like in initramfs or other init systems. Building
7123 udev though, will require the *build* of the systemd tree, but
7124 udev can be properly *run* without systemd.
7125
7126 * udev: /lib/udev/devices/ are not read anymore; systemd-tmpfiles
7127 should be used to create dead device nodes as workarounds for broken
7128 subsystems.
7129
7130 * udev: RUN+="socket:..." and udev_monitor_new_from_socket() is
7131 no longer supported. udev_monitor_new_from_netlink() needs to be
7132 used to subscribe to events.
7133
7134 * udev: when udevd is started by systemd, processes which are left
7135 behind by forking them off of udev rules, are unconditionally cleaned
7136 up and killed now after the event handling has finished. Services or
7137 daemons must be started as systemd services. Services can be
7138 pulled-in by udev to get started, but they can no longer be directly
7139 forked by udev rules.
7140
7141 * udev: the daemon binary is called systemd-udevd now and installed
7142 in /usr/lib/systemd/. Standalone builds or non-systemd systems need
7143 to adapt to that, create symlink, or rename the binary after building
7144 it.
7145
7146 * libudev no longer provides these symbols:
7147 udev_monitor_from_socket()
7148 udev_queue_get_failed_list_entry()
7149 udev_get_{dev,sys,run}_path()
7150 The versions number was bumped and symbol versioning introduced.
7151
7152 * systemd-loginctl and systemd-journalctl have been renamed
7153 to loginctl and journalctl to match systemctl.
7154
7155 * The config files: /etc/systemd/systemd-logind.conf and
7156 /etc/systemd/systemd-journald.conf have been renamed to
7157 logind.conf and journald.conf. Package updates should rename
7158 the files to the new names on upgrade.
7159
7160 * For almost all files the license is now LGPL2.1+, changed
7161 from the previous GPL2.0+. Exceptions are some minor stuff
7162 of udev (which will be changed to LGPL2.1 eventually, too),
7163 and the MIT licensed sd-daemon.[ch] library that is suitable
7164 to be used as drop-in files.
7165
7166 * systemd and logind now handle system sleep states, in
7167 particular suspending and hibernating.
7168
7169 * logind now implements a sleep/shutdown/idle inhibiting logic
7170 suitable for a variety of uses. Soonishly Lennart will blog
7171 about this in more detail.
7172
7173 * var-run.mount and var-lock.mount are no longer provided
7174 (which previously bind mounted these directories to their new
7175 places). Distributions which have not converted these
7176 directories to symlinks should consider stealing these files
7177 from git history and add them downstream.
7178
7179 * We introduced the Documentation= field for units and added
7180 this to all our shipped units. This is useful to make it
7181 easier to explore the boot and the purpose of the various
7182 units.
7183
7184 * All smaller setup units (such as
7185 systemd-vconsole-setup.service) now detect properly if they
7186 are run in a container and are skipped when
7187 appropriate. This guarantees an entirely noise-free boot in
7188 Linux container environments such as systemd-nspawn.
7189
7190 * A framework for implementing offline system updates is now
7191 integrated, for details see:
7192 https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/SystemUpdates
7193
7194 * A new service type Type=idle is available now which helps us
7195 avoiding ugly interleaving of getty output and boot status
7196 messages.
7197
7198 * There's now a system-wide CapabilityBoundingSet= option to
7199 globally reduce the set of capabilities for the
7200 system. This is useful to drop CAP_SYS_MKNOD, CAP_SYS_RAWIO,
7201 CAP_NET_RAW, CAP_SYS_MODULE, CAP_SYS_TIME, CAP_SYS_PTRACE or
7202 even CAP_NET_ADMIN system-wide for secure systems.
7203
7204 * There are now system-wide DefaultLimitXXX= options to
7205 globally change the defaults of the various resource limits
7206 for all units started by PID 1.
7207
7208 * Harald Hoyer's systemd test suite has been integrated into
7209 systemd which allows easy testing of systemd builds in qemu
7210 and nspawn. (This is really awesome! Ask us for details!)
7211
7212 * The fstab parser is now implemented as generator, not inside
7213 of PID 1 anymore.
7214
7215 * systemctl will now warn you if .mount units generated from
7216 /etc/fstab are out of date due to changes in fstab that
7217 have not been read by systemd yet.
7218
7219 * systemd is now suitable for usage in initrds. Dracut has
7220 already been updated to make use of this. With this in place
7221 initrds get a slight bit faster but primarily are much
7222 easier to introspect and debug since "systemctl status" in
7223 the host system can be used to introspect initrd services,
7224 and the journal from the initrd is kept around too.
7225
7226 * systemd-delta has been added, a tool to explore differences
7227 between user/admin configuration and vendor defaults.
7228
7229 * PrivateTmp= now affects both /tmp and /var/tmp.
7230
7231 * Boot time status messages are now much prettier and feature
7232 proper english language. Booting up systemd has never been
7233 so sexy.
7234
7235 * Read-ahead pack files now include the inode number of all
7236 files to pre-cache. When the inode changes the pre-caching
7237 is not attempted. This should be nicer to deal with updated
7238 packages which might result in changes of read-ahead
7239 patterns.
7240
7241 * We now temporaritly lower the kernel's read_ahead_kb variable
7242 when collecting read-ahead data to ensure the kernel's
7243 built-in read-ahead does not add noise to our measurements
7244 of necessary blocks to pre-cache.
7245
7246 * There's now RequiresMountsFor= to add automatic dependencies
7247 for all mounts necessary for a specific file system path.
7248
7249 * MountAuto= and SwapAuto= have been removed from
7250 system.conf. Mounting file systems at boot has to take place
7251 in systemd now.
7252
7253 * nspawn now learned a new switch --uuid= to set the machine
7254 ID on the command line.
7255
7256 * nspawn now learned the -b switch to automatically search
7257 for an init system.
7258
7259 * vt102 is now the default TERM for serial TTYs, upgraded from
7260 vt100.
7261
7262 * systemd-logind now works on VT-less systems.
7263
7264 * The build tree has been reorganized. The individual
7265 components now have directories of their own.
7266
7267 * A new condition type ConditionPathIsReadWrite= is now available.
7268
7269 * nspawn learned the new -C switch to create cgroups for the
7270 container in other hierarchies.
7271
7272 * We now have support for hardware watchdogs, configurable in
7273 system.conf.
7274
7275 * The scheduled shutdown logic now has a public API.
7276
7277 * We now mount /tmp as tmpfs by default, but this can be
7278 masked and /etc/fstab can override it.
7279
7280 * Since udisks does not make use of /media anymore we are not
7281 mounting a tmpfs on it anymore.
7282
7283 * journalctl gained a new --local switch to only interleave
7284 locally generated journal files.
7285
7286 * We can now load the IMA policy at boot automatically.
7287
7288 * The GTK tools have been split off into a systemd-ui.
7289
7290 Contributions from: Andreas Schwab, Auke Kok, Ayan George,
7291 Colin Guthrie, Daniel Mack, Dave Reisner, David Ward, Elan
7292 Ruusamäe, Frederic Crozat, Gergely Nagy, Guillermo Vidal,
7293 Hannes Reinecke, Harald Hoyer, Javier Jardón, Kay Sievers,
7294 Lennart Poettering, Lucas De Marchi, Léo Gillot-Lamure,
7295 Marc-Antoine Perennou, Martin Pitt, Matthew Monaco, Maxim
7296 A. Mikityanskiy, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich, Michal
7297 Schmidt, Nis Martensen, Patrick McCarty, Roberto Sassu, Shawn
7298 Landden, Sjoerd Simons, Sven Anders, Tollef Fog Heen, Tom
7299 Gundersen
7300
7301 CHANGES WITH 44:
7302
7303 * This is mostly a bugfix release
7304
7305 * Support optional initialization of the machine ID from the
7306 KVM or container configured UUID.
7307
7308 * Support immediate reboots with "systemctl reboot -ff"
7309
7310 * Show /etc/os-release data in systemd-analyze output
7311
7312 * Many bugfixes for the journal, including endianness fixes and
7313 ensuring that disk space enforcement works
7314
7315 * sd-login.h is C++ compatible again
7316
7317 * Extend the /etc/os-release format on request of the Debian
7318 folks
7319
7320 * We now refuse non-UTF8 strings used in various configuration
7321 and unit files. This is done to ensure we do not pass invalid
7322 data over D-Bus or expose it elsewhere.
7323
7324 * Register Mimo USB Screens as suitable for automatic seat
7325 configuration
7326
7327 * Read SELinux client context from journal clients in a race
7328 free fashion
7329
7330 * Reorder configuration file lookup order. /etc now always
7331 overrides /run in order to allow the administrator to always
7332 and unconditionally override vendor-supplied or
7333 automatically generated data.
7334
7335 * The various user visible bits of the journal now have man
7336 pages. We still lack man pages for the journal API calls
7337 however.
7338
7339 * We now ship all man pages in HTML format again in the
7340 tarball.
7341
7342 Contributions from: Dave Reisner, Dirk Eibach, Frederic
7343 Crozat, Harald Hoyer, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Marti
7344 Raudsepp, Michal Schmidt, Shawn Landden, Tero Roponen, Thierry
7345 Reding
7346
7347 CHANGES WITH 43:
7348
7349 * This is mostly a bugfix release
7350
7351 * systems lacking /etc/os-release are no longer supported.
7352
7353 * Various functionality updates to libsystemd-login.so
7354
7355 * Track class of PAM logins to distinguish greeters from
7356 normal user logins.
7357
7358 Contributions from: Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Michael
7359 Biebl
7360
7361 CHANGES WITH 42:
7362
7363 * This is an important bugfix release for v41.
7364
7365 * Building man pages is now optional which should be useful
7366 for those building systemd from git but unwilling to install
7367 xsltproc.
7368
7369 * Watchdog support for supervising services is now usable. In
7370 a future release support for hardware watchdogs
7371 (i.e. /dev/watchdog) will be added building on this.
7372
7373 * Service start rate limiting is now configurable and can be
7374 turned off per service. When a start rate limit is hit a
7375 reboot can automatically be triggered.
7376
7377 * New CanReboot(), CanPowerOff() bus calls in systemd-logind.
7378
7379 Contributions from: Benjamin Franzke, Bill Nottingham,
7380 Frederic Crozat, Lennart Poettering, Michael Olbrich, Michal
7381 Schmidt, Michał Górny, Piotr Drąg
7382
7383 CHANGES WITH 41:
7384
7385 * The systemd binary is installed /usr/lib/systemd/systemd now;
7386 An existing /sbin/init symlink needs to be adapted with the
7387 package update.
7388
7389 * The code that loads kernel modules has been ported to invoke
7390 libkmod directly, instead of modprobe. This means we do not
7391 support systems with module-init-tools anymore.
7392
7393 * Watchdog support is now already useful, but still not
7394 complete.
7395
7396 * A new kernel command line option systemd.setenv= is
7397 understood to set system wide environment variables
7398 dynamically at boot.
7399
7400 * We now limit the set of capabilities of systemd-journald.
7401
7402 * We now set SIGPIPE to ignore by default, since it only is
7403 useful in shell pipelines, and has little use in general
7404 code. This can be disabled with IgnoreSIPIPE=no in unit
7405 files.
7406
7407 Contributions from: Benjamin Franzke, Kay Sievers, Lennart
7408 Poettering, Michael Olbrich, Michal Schmidt, Tom Gundersen,
7409 William Douglas
7410
7411 CHANGES WITH 40:
7412
7413 * This is mostly a bugfix release
7414
7415 * We now expose the reason why a service failed in the
7416 "Result" D-Bus property.
7417
7418 * Rudimentary service watchdog support (will be completed over
7419 the next few releases.)
7420
7421 * When systemd forks off in order execute some service we will
7422 now immediately changes its argv[0] to reflect which process
7423 it will execute. This is useful to minimize the time window
7424 with a generic argv[0], which makes bootcharts more useful
7425
7426 Contributions from: Alvaro Soliverez, Chris Paulson-Ellis, Kay
7427 Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Michael Olbrich, Michal Schmidt,
7428 Mike Kazantsev, Ray Strode
7429
7430 CHANGES WITH 39:
7431
7432 * This is mostly a test release, but incorporates many
7433 bugfixes.
7434
7435 * New systemd-cgtop tool to show control groups by their
7436 resource usage.
7437
7438 * Linking against libacl for ACLs is optional again. If
7439 disabled, support tracking device access for active logins
7440 goes becomes unavailable, and so does access to the user
7441 journals by the respective users.
7442
7443 * If a group "adm" exists, journal files are automatically
7444 owned by them, thus allow members of this group full access
7445 to the system journal as well as all user journals.
7446
7447 * The journal now stores the SELinux context of the logging
7448 client for all entries.
7449
7450 * Add C++ inclusion guards to all public headers
7451
7452 * New output mode "cat" in the journal to print only text
7453 messages, without any meta data like date or time.
7454
7455 * Include tiny X server wrapper as a temporary stop-gap to
7456 teach XOrg udev display enumeration. This is used by display
7457 managers such as gdm, and will go away as soon as XOrg
7458 learned native udev hotplugging for display devices.
7459
7460 * Add new systemd-cat tool for executing arbitrary programs
7461 with STDERR/STDOUT connected to the journal. Can also act as
7462 BSD logger replacement, and does so by default.
7463
7464 * Optionally store all locally generated coredumps in the
7465 journal along with meta data.
7466
7467 * systemd-tmpfiles learnt four new commands: n, L, c, b, for
7468 writing short strings to files (for usage for /sys), and for
7469 creating symlinks, character and block device nodes.
7470
7471 * New unit file option ControlGroupPersistent= to make cgroups
7472 persistent, following the mechanisms outlined in
7473 https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/PaxControlGroups
7474
7475 * Support multiple local RTCs in a sane way
7476
7477 * No longer monopolize IO when replaying readahead data on
7478 rotating disks, since we might starve non-file-system IO to
7479 death, since fanotify() will not see accesses done by blkid,
7480 or fsck.
7481
7482 * Do not show kernel threads in systemd-cgls anymore, unless
7483 requested with new -k switch.
7484
7485 Contributions from: Dan Horák, Kay Sievers, Lennart
7486 Poettering, Michal Schmidt
7487
7488 CHANGES WITH 38:
7489
7490 * This is mostly a test release, but incorporates many
7491 bugfixes.
7492
7493 * The git repository moved to:
7494 git://anongit.freedesktop.org/systemd/systemd
7495 ssh://git.freedesktop.org/git/systemd/systemd
7496
7497 * First release with the journal
7498 http://0pointer.de/blog/projects/the-journal.html
7499
7500 * The journal replaces both systemd-kmsg-syslogd and
7501 systemd-stdout-bridge.
7502
7503 * New sd_pid_get_unit() API call in libsystemd-logind
7504
7505 * Many systemadm clean-ups
7506
7507 * Introduce remote-fs-pre.target which is ordered before all
7508 remote mounts and may be used to start services before all
7509 remote mounts.
7510
7511 * Added Mageia support
7512
7513 * Add bash completion for systemd-loginctl
7514
7515 * Actively monitor PID file creation for daemons which exit in
7516 the parent process before having finished writing the PID
7517 file in the daemon process. Daemons which do this need to be
7518 fixed (i.e. PID file creation must have finished before the
7519 parent exits), but we now react a bit more gracefully to them.
7520
7521 * Add colourful boot output, mimicking the well-known output
7522 of existing distributions.
7523
7524 * New option PassCredentials= for socket units, for
7525 compatibility with a recent kernel ABI breakage.
7526
7527 * /etc/rc.local is now hooked in via a generator binary, and
7528 thus will no longer act as synchronization point during
7529 boot.
7530
7531 * systemctl list-unit-files now supports --root=.
7532
7533 * systemd-tmpfiles now understands two new commands: z, Z for
7534 relabelling files according to the SELinux database. This is
7535 useful to apply SELinux labels to specific files in /sys,
7536 among other things.
7537
7538 * Output of SysV services is now forwarded to both the console
7539 and the journal by default, not only just the console.
7540
7541 * New man pages for all APIs from libsystemd-login.
7542
7543 * The build tree got reorganized and the build system is a
7544 lot more modular allowing embedded setups to specifically
7545 select the components of systemd they are interested in.
7546
7547 * Support for Linux systems lacking the kernel VT subsystem is
7548 restored.
7549
7550 * configure's --with-rootdir= got renamed to
7551 --with-rootprefix= to follow the naming used by udev and
7552 kmod
7553
7554 * Unless specified otherwise we will now install to /usr instead
7555 of /usr/local by default.
7556
7557 * Processes with '@' in argv[0][0] are now excluded from the
7558 final shut-down killing spree, following the logic explained
7559 in:
7560 https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/RootStorageDaemons
7561
7562 * All processes remaining in a service cgroup when we enter
7563 the START or START_PRE states are now killed with
7564 SIGKILL. That means it is no longer possible to spawn
7565 background processes from ExecStart= lines (which was never
7566 supported anyway, and bad style).
7567
7568 * New PropagateReloadTo=/PropagateReloadFrom= options to bind
7569 reloading of units together.
7570
7571 Contributions from: Bill Nottingham, Daniel J. Walsh, Dave
7572 Reisner, Dexter Morgan, Gregs Gregs, Jonathan Nieder, Kay
7573 Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Michael Biebl, Michal Schmidt,
7574 Michał Górny, Ran Benita, Thomas Jarosch, Tim Waugh, Tollef
7575 Fog Heen, Tom Gundersen, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek